genex nastar wcdma user manual-english

363
GENEX Nastar WCDMA User Manual Contents Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary i Contents 1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................1-1 1.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 1-2 1.2 Main Functions.............................................................................................................................................. 1-2 2 Software Installation .................................................................................................................2-1 2.1 Installation Requirements .............................................................................................................................. 2-2 2.2 Components of the Installation Package ....................................................................................................... 2-2 2.3 Installing the GENEX Nastar WCDMA ....................................................................................................... 2-2 2.4 Installing the License .................................................................................................................................. 2-10 3 Quick Start ...................................................................................................................................3-1 3.1 Logging In to the Database Server ................................................................................................................ 3-2 3.2 Logging In to Another Database Server ........................................................................................................ 3-3 3.3 Introduction to the Main Interface................................................................................................................. 3-4 3.4 Introduction to the Menu Bar ...................................................................................................................... 3-10 3.4.1 Project Menu ...................................................................................................................................... 3-10 3.4.2 System Menu ..................................................................................................................................... 3-11 3.4.3 View Menu ......................................................................................................................................... 3-12 3.4.4 Window Menu.................................................................................................................................... 3-13 3.4.5 Help Menu ......................................................................................................................................... 3-13 3.5 Introduction to the Toolbar .......................................................................................................................... 3-14 4 Map ...............................................................................................................................................4-1 4.1 Importing the Project Parameters .................................................................................................................. 4-2 4.2 Operating the Map......................................................................................................................................... 4-2 4.3 Setting the Map Layer ................................................................................................................................... 4-4 4.4 Searching for a Cell ....................................................................................................................................... 4-5 5 NE Group Management ............................................................................................................5-1 5.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 5-2 5.2 Introduction to the NE Group Manager Window .......................................................................................... 5-2 5.3 Creating an NE Group ................................................................................................................................... 5-3 5.4 Editing an NE Group ..................................................................................................................................... 5-5 5.5 Saving a Copy of an NE Group ..................................................................................................................... 5-6 5.6 Deleting an NE Group ................................................................................................................................... 5-7

Upload: hamid-hussain

Post on 06-Apr-2015

646 views

Category:

Documents


15 download

DESCRIPTION

Huawei Genex Naster Optimization Toll User Manual

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Contents

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary i

Contents

1 Introduction................................................................................................................................. 1-1

1.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 1-2

1.2 Main Functions .............................................................................................................................................. 1-2

2 Software Installation ................................................................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Installation Requirements .............................................................................................................................. 2-2

2.2 Components of the Installation Package ....................................................................................................... 2-2

2.3 Installing the GENEX Nastar WCDMA ....................................................................................................... 2-2

2.4 Installing the License .................................................................................................................................. 2-10

3 Quick Start ................................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.1 Logging In to the Database Server ................................................................................................................ 3-2

3.2 Logging In to Another Database Server ........................................................................................................ 3-3

3.3 Introduction to the Main Interface ................................................................................................................. 3-4

3.4 Introduction to the Menu Bar ...................................................................................................................... 3-10

3.4.1 Project Menu ...................................................................................................................................... 3-10

3.4.2 System Menu ..................................................................................................................................... 3-11

3.4.3 View Menu ......................................................................................................................................... 3-12

3.4.4 Window Menu .................................................................................................................................... 3-13

3.4.5 Help Menu ......................................................................................................................................... 3-13

3.5 Introduction to the Toolbar .......................................................................................................................... 3-14

4 Map ............................................................................................................................................... 4-1

4.1 Importing the Project Parameters .................................................................................................................. 4-2

4.2 Operating the Map ......................................................................................................................................... 4-2

4.3 Setting the Map Layer ................................................................................................................................... 4-4

4.4 Searching for a Cell ....................................................................................................................................... 4-5

5 NE Group Management ............................................................................................................ 5-1

5.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 5-2

5.2 Introduction to the NE Group Manager Window .......................................................................................... 5-2

5.3 Creating an NE Group ................................................................................................................................... 5-3

5.4 Editing an NE Group ..................................................................................................................................... 5-5

5.5 Saving a Copy of an NE Group ..................................................................................................................... 5-6

5.6 Deleting an NE Group ................................................................................................................................... 5-7

Page 2: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

Contents

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

ii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

5.7 Grouping the Cells Automatically ................................................................................................................. 5-8

5.8 Exporting an NE Group ............................................................................................................................... 5-11

5.9 Importing an NE Group ............................................................................................................................... 5-13

6 Performance Indicator Management ...................................................................................... 6-1

6.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 6-2

6.2 Introduction to the Item Management Function ............................................................................................ 6-3

6.3 Importing Items ............................................................................................................................................. 6-5

6.4 Exporting Items ............................................................................................................................................. 6-7

6.5 Creating a User-Defined Item ..................................................................................................................... 6-10

6.6 Editing a User-Defined Item ....................................................................................................................... 6-14

6.7 Deleting a User-Defined Item ..................................................................................................................... 6-16

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis........................................................................................................... 7-1

7.1 Introduction to the Traffic Statistic Analysis ................................................................................................. 7-2

7.2 Introduction to the Entrance to Performance Query ...................................................................................... 7-3

7.2.1 Using the Performance Query .............................................................................................................. 7-3

7.2.2 Setting the Drawing Information ......................................................................................................... 7-8

7.2.3 Using the Theme Secondary Query ................................................................................................... 7-10

7.2.4 Analyzing the Item Trend ................................................................................................................... 7-12

7.2.5 Displaying the Performance Query on a Map .................................................................................... 7-14

7.3 Introduction to the Iub Brandwidth Utilization Analysis ............................................................................ 7-18

7.4 Introduction to the TopN Query .................................................................................................................. 7-19

7.5 Introduction to the Customized Performance Theme .................................................................................. 7-22

7.5.1 Customizing Performance Theme Query ........................................................................................... 7-22

7.5.2 Creating a Performance Theme .......................................................................................................... 7-27

7.5.3 Editing a Performance Theme ............................................................................................................ 7-29

7.5.4 Deleting a Performance Theme .......................................................................................................... 7-31

7.5.5 Exporting a Performance Item ........................................................................................................... 7-31

7.5.6 Importing a Performance Item ........................................................................................................... 7-32

7.6 Introduction to the Customized TopN Theme ............................................................................................. 7-33

7.6.1 Customizing TopN Query .................................................................................................................. 7-33

7.6.2 Creating a TopN Theme ..................................................................................................................... 7-36

7.6.3 Editing a TopN Theme ....................................................................................................................... 7-38

7.6.4 Deleting a TopN Theme ..................................................................................................................... 7-39

7.6.5 Exporting a TopN Item ....................................................................................................................... 7-40

7.6.6 Importing a TopN Item ....................................................................................................................... 7-41

7.7 Introduction to the CHR Analysis ............................................................................................................... 7-43

7.7.1 Introducing the Functions of CHR Analysis ...................................................................................... 7-43

7.7.2 Analyzing SPU Subscriber's Log ....................................................................................................... 7-43

8 Report ........................................................................................................................................... 8-1

8.1 Performance Report....................................................................................................................................... 8-1

8.1.1 Performance Report Introduction ......................................................................................................... 8-1

Page 3: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Contents

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary iii

8.1.2 Generating a Performance Report ........................................................................................................ 8-3

8.1.3 Creating a Performance Report ............................................................................................................ 8-7

8.1.4 Importing a Report ............................................................................................................................. 8-10

8.1.5 Exporting a Report ............................................................................................................................. 8-12

8.1.6 Deleting a Report ............................................................................................................................... 8-13

8.1.7 Creating a VIP Cluster ....................................................................................................................... 8-14

8.2 Network Monitor Report ............................................................................................................................. 8-16

8.3 Network Bottleneck Report ......................................................................................................................... 8-19

8.3.1 Introduction to the Network Bottleneck Report ................................................................................. 8-19

8.3.2 Generating a Network Bottleneck Analysis Report ........................................................................... 8-20

8.4 Network Shift Report .................................................................................................................................. 8-22

8.5 U-Net Report ............................................................................................................................................... 8-25

8.5.1 Introduction to a U-Net Report .......................................................................................................... 8-25

8.5.2 Generating a U-Net Report ................................................................................................................ 8-25

8.6 Customized Report ...................................................................................................................................... 8-27

9 Coverage Analysis ..................................................................................................................... 9-1

9.1 Introduction to the Coverage Analysis .......................................................................................................... 9-2

9.2 Setting Item Ranges ...................................................................................................................................... 9-2

9.2.1 Editing Item Range Colors ................................................................................................................... 9-2

9.2.2 Adding a Range .................................................................................................................................... 9-5

9.2.3 Deleting a Range .................................................................................................................................. 9-5

9.2.4 Restoring the Default Range ................................................................................................................ 9-6

9.3 DL CPICH Coverage Analysis ...................................................................................................................... 9-6

9.3.1 RSCP Analysis ..................................................................................................................................... 9-6

9.3.2 RSCP—Ec/Io Combined Distribution ................................................................................................. 9-9

9.3.3 Ec/Io Analysis .................................................................................................................................... 9-10

9.4 Link Quality Analysis.................................................................................................................................. 9-11

9.4.1 DL BLER – DL Code Tx Analysis ..................................................................................................... 9-11

9.4.2 DL Code Tx Analysis ......................................................................................................................... 9-13

9.4.3 UL UE Tx Analysis ............................................................................................................................ 9-13

9.4.4 DL BLER Analysis ............................................................................................................................ 9-14

9.5 Over-Coverage Analysis.............................................................................................................................. 9-15

9.6 Pilot Pollution Analysis ............................................................................................................................... 9-16

9.6.1 Setting Global Parameters .................................................................................................................. 9-16

9.6.2 Introduction to Automatic Statistic Analysis of Pilot Pollution ......................................................... 9-18

9.6.3 Analyzing Cell Quality....................................................................................................................... 9-20

9.6.4 Querying the Project Parameters ........................................................................................................ 9-23

9.6.5 Geographically Displaying Pilot Pollution Group ............................................................................. 9-25

9.6.6 Displaying the Pilot Pollution Analysis Result on Map ..................................................................... 9-25

9.6.7 Editing the Legend ............................................................................................................................. 9-26

9.6.8 Displaying Co-Frequency and Co-Scramble Cells on Map ............................................................... 9-28

Page 4: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

Contents

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

iv Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

9.6.9 Generating a Pilot Pollution Analysis Report .................................................................................... 9-29

10 Interference Analysis ............................................................................................................ 10-1

10.1 Introduction to the Interference Analysis .................................................................................................. 10-2

10.2 Setting Parameters ..................................................................................................................................... 10-2

10.3 Analyzing the Exceptional Interference .................................................................................................... 10-4

10.4 Displaying the Interference On Map ......................................................................................................... 10-6

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis .................................................................................................. 11-1

11.1 Introduction to the Neighboring Cell Analysis .......................................................................................... 11-2

11.2 Neighboring RNC Cell Configuration Check............................................................................................ 11-2

11.3 Unidirectional Neighboring Cell Check .................................................................................................... 11-4

11.4 Neighboring Cell Information Query ........................................................................................................ 11-7

11.5 Missing Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Statistics and Analysis .......................................................... 11-9

11.6 Missing Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell Statistics and Analysis ................................................................. 11-12

11.7 Missing Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis .............................................................................. 11-14

11.7.1 Using Missing Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis .......................................................... 11-14

11.7.2 Querying 1A Event ......................................................................................................................... 11-17

11.7.3 Displaying on Map ......................................................................................................................... 11-19

11.8 Unnecessary Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis ....................................................................... 11-19

12 Configuration Check ............................................................................................................. 12-1

12.1 Introduction to Configuration Analysis ..................................................................................................... 12-2

12.2 Setting the Active Configuration File ........................................................................................................ 12-2

12.3 Browsing Configuration Parameters ......................................................................................................... 12-4

12.3.1 Browing the Configuration Parameters of an RNC .......................................................................... 12-4

12.3.2 Browsing the Configuration Parameters of a Cell ............................................................................ 12-5

12.4 Introduction to Configuration Indicators on the Map ................................................................................ 12-7

12.4.1 Displaying the Configuration Indicator on Map .............................................................................. 12-7

12.4.2 Creating a Configuration Indicator ................................................................................................ 12-10

12.4.3 Editing a Configuration Function ................................................................................................... 12-12

12.4.4 Deleting a Configuration Function ................................................................................................. 12-13

12.4.5 Deleting All the Configuration Functions ...................................................................................... 12-13

12.5 Comparing MML Files ............................................................................................................................ 12-13

12.6 Generating a Configuration Change Compare Report ............................................................................ 12-17

12.7 Comparing Configuration With Baseline ................................................................................................ 12-19

12.7.1 Introducing the Compare Configuration With Baseline Node ....................................................... 12-19

12.7.2 Generating the Report of Comparing Configuration With Baseline .............................................. 12-19

12.8 Generating a Configuration Check Report .............................................................................................. 12-20

13 Call Drop Analysis................................................................................................................. 13-1

13.1 Data Requirements .................................................................................................................................... 13-2

13.2 Reviewing Call Drop History .................................................................................................................... 13-2

13.3 Secondarily Analyzing Call Drop History Trend ...................................................................................... 13-5

Page 5: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Contents

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary v

13.4 Introduction to Call Drop Deep Analysis .................................................................................................. 13-6

13.4.1 Deeply Analyzing Call Drop ............................................................................................................ 13-6

13.4.2 Introduction to the Cell Call Drop Fault Analysis Window ............................................................. 13-8

13.4.3 Introduction to Cell Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution Window ............................................... 13-15

13.4.4 Introduction to Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Analysis Window .................................................... 13-18

13.4.5 Introduction to Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution Window .................................. 13-22

13.5 Analyzing Call Drop................................................................................................................................ 13-26

14 Access Analysis ...................................................................................................................... 14-1

14.1 Data Requirements .................................................................................................................................... 14-2

14.2 Introduction to Access Analysis ................................................................................................................ 14-2

14.2.1 Reviewing Access History ............................................................................................................... 14-2

14.2.2 Secondarily Analyzing Access History Trend .................................................................................. 14-5

14.2.3 Analyzing RF Problems ................................................................................................................... 14-6

14.2.4 Further Analyzing the Access History Trend ................................................................................... 14-7

14.3 Introduction to the RRC Access Procedure Analysis ................................................................................ 14-9

14.3.1 Analyzing the RRC Access Procedure ............................................................................................. 14-9

14.3.2 RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis Window...................................................................................... 14-11

14.3.3 RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis Window...................................................................................... 14-15

14.3.4 Access Fault Analysis of RRC Subscribers Window ..................................................................... 14-19

14.3.5 RRC Subscribers' RRC Access Fault Reason Analysis Window ................................................... 14-23

14.4 Introduction to the RAB Access Procedure Analysis .............................................................................. 14-27

14.4.1 Analyzing the RAB Access Procedure ........................................................................................... 14-27

14.4.2 Cell RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis Window ................................................................ 14-29

14.4.3 Cell RAB Assignment Request Fault Reason Window .................................................................. 14-36

14.4.4 Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis Window ................................................... 14-39

14.4.5 Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Reason Window ..................................................... 14-43

15 FAQ ........................................................................................................................................... 15-1

15.1 Problem Caused by MSDE Uninstalled Incompletely .............................................................................. 15-2

15.2 Problem Caused by MSDE Started up Incorrectly .................................................................................... 15-2

15.3 MSDE Provided by Microsoft Cannot Be Uninstalled ............................................................................. 15-3

15.4 Error Appears When You Type the Path Directly During the Project Creation ......................................... 15-4

15.5 The Map Cannot Be Displayed Correctly ................................................................................................. 15-4

15.6 PDF Chart and CDF Chart ........................................................................................................................ 15-4

15.7 Detail Description about the Configuration Analysis ................................................................................ 15-5

15.7.1 MML File Compare ......................................................................................................................... 15-5

15.7.2 Configuration Change Compare Report ........................................................................................... 15-8

15.7.3 Comparing Configuration With Baseline ....................................................................................... 15-10

15.7.4 The MML Command List which processed in Configuration Change Compare Report and

Comparing Configuration with Baseline ........................................................................................ 15-11

15.7.5 RNC configuration parameter ........................................................................................................ 15-15

15.7.6 Access ............................................................................................................................................ 15-18

Page 6: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

Contents

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

vi Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

15.7.7 Handoff .......................................................................................................................................... 15-20

15.7.8 Resource Control ........................................................................................................................... 15-23

15.7.9 Load Control .................................................................................................................................. 15-34

15.7.10 Power Control .............................................................................................................................. 15-38

Page 7: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Figures

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary vii

Figures

Figure 2-1 Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for GENEX Nastar WCDMA dialog box .............................. 2-3

Figure 2-2 License Agreement dialog box ......................................................................................................... 2-4

Figure 2-3 Customer Information dialog box ..................................................................................................... 2-5

Figure 2-4 Setup Type dialog box ...................................................................................................................... 2-6

Figure 2-5 Choose Destination Location dialog box .......................................................................................... 2-7

Figure 2-6 Select Program Folder dialog box..................................................................................................... 2-8

Figure 2-7 Start Copying Files dialog box ......................................................................................................... 2-9

Figure 2-8 Setup Status dialog box ................................................................................................................... 2-10

Figure 2-9 Error dialog box .............................................................................................................................. 2-11

Figure 2-10 Open dialog box ............................................................................................................................ 2-12

Figure 3-1 User Login dialog box ...................................................................................................................... 3-2

Figure 3-2 Project /Login menu ......................................................................................................................... 3-3

Figure 3-3 User Login dialog box ...................................................................................................................... 3-3

Figure 3-4 Message dialog ................................................................................................................................. 3-4

Figure 3-5 Main interface of the Nastar ............................................................................................................. 3-5

Figure 3-6 Network Element pane ..................................................................................................................... 3-7

Figure 3-7 Network Monitoring pane ................................................................................................................. 3-7

Figure 3-8 Trouble Shooting pane ...................................................................................................................... 3-8

Figure 3-9 Network Trend pane ......................................................................................................................... 3-9

Figure 3-10 Project menu ................................................................................................................................. 3-10

Figure 3-11 System menu ................................................................................................................................. 3-11

Figure 3-12 View menu .................................................................................................................................... 3-12

Figure 3-13 Window menu ............................................................................................................................... 3-13

Figure 3-14 Help menu ..................................................................................................................................... 3-13

Figure 4-1 Map ................................................................................................................................................... 4-2

Figure 4-2 Layer Control dialog box .................................................................................................................. 4-4

Page 8: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

Figures

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

viii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 4-3 Map Legend ...................................................................................................................................... 4-5

Figure 4-4 Search Cell dialog box ...................................................................................................................... 4-6

Figure 4-5 Displaying search result on the map ................................................................................................. 4-7

Figure 5-1 Network Group window ................................................................................................................... 5-2

Figure 5-2 New dialog box ................................................................................................................................. 5-4

Figure 5-3 NE groups in the Network Group window ....................................................................................... 5-5

Figure 5-4 Edit Group dialog box ...................................................................................................................... 5-5

Figure 5-5 Save as dialog box ............................................................................................................................ 5-6

Figure 5-6 Type a name in the Save as dialog box ............................................................................................. 5-7

Figure 5-7 The copy of an NE group .................................................................................................................. 5-7

Figure 5-8 Confirming the deletion of a network group ..................................................................................... 5-8

Figure 5-9 Auto Cluster dialog box .................................................................................................................... 5-8

Figure 5-10 Displaying cell groups by rack or by NodeB ................................................................................ 5-11

Figure 5-11 Save As dialog box ........................................................................................................................ 5-12

Figure 5-12 Open dialog box ............................................................................................................................ 5-13

Figure 6-1 Item Manager on the shortcut menu ................................................................................................. 6-3

Figure 6-2 Performance items management tab ................................................................................................. 6-4

Figure 6-3 Import on the shortcut menu ............................................................................................................. 6-5

Figure 6-4 Import Options dialog box ................................................................................................................ 6-6

Figure 6-5 Open dialog box ................................................................................................................................ 6-7

Figure 6-6 Add to Export List on the shortcut menu .......................................................................................... 6-7

Figure 6-7 Export Options dialog box ................................................................................................................ 6-8

Figure 6-8 Save As dialog box ........................................................................................................................... 6-9

Figure 6-9 New on the shortcut menu .............................................................................................................. 6-10

Figure 6-10 Custom Items dialog box .............................................................................................................. 6-11

Figure 6-11 Formula tab ................................................................................................................................... 6-13

Figure 6-12 Formula field ................................................................................................................................ 6-14

Figure 6-13 Edit on the shortcut menu ............................................................................................................. 6-15

Figure 6-14 Item property dialog box............................................................................................................... 6-15

Figure 6-15 Delete on the shortcut menu ......................................................................................................... 6-16

Figure 7-1 Network optimization process of the Nastar ..................................................................................... 7-2

Figure 7-2 Performance Query node .................................................................................................................. 7-3

Figure 7-3 Query dialog box .............................................................................................................................. 7-4

Page 9: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Figures

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary ix

Figure 7-4 Theme query result ........................................................................................................................... 7-7

Figure 7-5 Drawing Style Setting dialog box ..................................................................................................... 7-9

Figure 7-6 Forward dialog box ......................................................................................................................... 7-10

Figure 7-7 Forward theme Setting... dialog box ............................................................................................... 7-11

Figure 7-8 Add Info to Trend Chart dialog box ................................................................................................ 7-12

Figure 7-9 Item Trend Chart window ............................................................................................................... 7-13

Figure 7-10 Item Trend Chart ........................................................................................................................... 7-14

Figure 7-11 Cell RRC Setup Analysis tab ........................................................................................................ 7-15

Figure 7-12 Query On Map Color Setting dialog box ...................................................................................... 7-16

Figure 7-13 Display performance query displayed on map .............................................................................. 7-17

Figure 7-14 Theme query result ....................................................................................................................... 7-19

Figure 7-15 TopN Query dialog box ................................................................................................................ 7-20

Figure 7-16 TopN query result ......................................................................................................................... 7-21

Figure 7-17 Chart on the TopN query result screen .......................................................................................... 7-22

Figure 7-18 Query Type dialog box .................................................................................................................. 7-23

Figure 7-19 Performance Query dialog box ..................................................................................................... 7-23

Figure 7-20 Query List Setting dialog box ....................................................................................................... 7-25

Figure 7-21 Query Filter Condition dialog box ................................................................................................ 7-25

Figure 7-22 Query Result tab ........................................................................................................................... 7-27

Figure 7-23 New Perf Func on the shortcut menu ............................................................................................ 7-27

Figure 7-24 Query Type dialog box .................................................................................................................. 7-28

Figure 7-25 New dialog box ............................................................................................................................. 7-29

Figure 7-26 Edit Perf Fun on the shortcut menu .............................................................................................. 7-30

Figure 7-27 Query Edit dialog box ................................................................................................................... 7-30

Figure 7-28 Delete Perf Fun on the shortcut menu ........................................................................................... 7-31

Figure 7-29 Export Perf Func on the shortcut menu ........................................................................................ 7-32

Figure 7-30 Import Perf Func on the shortcut menu ........................................................................................ 7-33

Figure 7-31 TopN Query dialog box ................................................................................................................ 7-34

Figure 7-32 Related Item Setting dialog box .................................................................................................... 7-36

Figure 7-33 TopN Query screen ....................................................................................................................... 7-36

Figure 7-34 New TopN Func on the shortcut menu ......................................................................................... 7-37

Figure 7-35 New dialog box ............................................................................................................................. 7-37

Figure 7-36 Edit TopN Func on the shortcut menu .......................................................................................... 7-38

Page 10: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

Figures

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

x Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-37 Edit TopN Function dialog box ..................................................................................................... 7-39

Figure 7-38 Delete TopN Func on the shortcut menu....................................................................................... 7-40

Figure 7-39 Export TopN Func on the shortcut menu ...................................................................................... 7-40

Figure 7-40 Save As dialog box ....................................................................................................................... 7-41

Figure 7-41 Import on the shortcut menu ......................................................................................................... 7-42

Figure 7-42 Open dialog box ............................................................................................................................ 7-42

Figure 7-43 CHR analysis function node ......................................................................................................... 7-43

Figure 7-44 Options dialog box ........................................................................................................................ 7-44

Figure 7-45 SPU Log Analysis screen .............................................................................................................. 7-45

Figure 8-1 Trouble Shooting pane ...................................................................................................................... 8-2

Figure 8-2 Network Monitoring pane ................................................................................................................. 8-2

Figure 8-3 Generate Performance Report dialog box - RNC performance report .............................................. 8-3

Figure 8-4 RNC performance report .................................................................................................................. 8-4

Figure 8-5 Generate Performance Report dialog box—cluster performance report ........................................... 8-5

Figure 8-6 Cluster performance report ............................................................................................................... 8-7

Figure 8-7 New on the shortcut menu ................................................................................................................ 8-7

Figure 8-8 New Report Dialog dialog box ......................................................................................................... 8-8

Figure 8-9 User-defined report ........................................................................................................................... 8-9

Figure 8-10 Import on the shortcut menu ......................................................................................................... 8-10

Figure 8-11 Customize Report Setting dialog box ........................................................................................... 8-10

Figure 8-12 Imported report displayed under the Performance Report node ................................................... 8-12

Figure 8-13 Export on the shortcut menu ......................................................................................................... 8-12

Figure 8-14 Browse for Folder dialog box ....................................................................................................... 8-13

Figure 8-15 Delete on the shortcut menu ......................................................................................................... 8-14

Figure 8-16 Confirm dialog box ....................................................................................................................... 8-14

Figure 8-17 Performance items management tab page ..................................................................................... 8-15

Figure 8-18 New dialog box ............................................................................................................................. 8-15

Figure 8-19 Network monitor report node ....................................................................................................... 8-16

Figure 8-20 Report Type dialog box ................................................................................................................. 8-16

Figure 8-21 Performance Monitoring Report dialog box ................................................................................. 8-17

Figure 8-22 Busy Time Modify dialog box ...................................................................................................... 8-18

Figure 8-23 Network performance monitoring report ...................................................................................... 8-19

Figure 8-24 Network Bottleneck Report node .................................................................................................. 8-20

Page 11: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Figures

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary xi

Figure 8-25 NetBltNeckReport dialog box ...................................................................................................... 8-21

Figure 8-26 Network bottleneck analysis report .............................................................................................. 8-22

Figure 8-27 Network Shift Report node ........................................................................................................... 8-22

Figure 8-28 Network Shift Report dialog box .................................................................................................. 8-23

Figure 8-29 Network Shift Report .................................................................................................................... 8-24

Figure 8-30 Export U-Net analysis report menu .............................................................................................. 8-25

Figure 8-31 Unet Report Query Option dialog box .......................................................................................... 8-26

Figure 8-32 U-Net report .................................................................................................................................. 8-27

Figure 9-1 Coverage Analysis node.................................................................................................................... 9-2

Figure 9-2 Edit Item Range on the shortcut menu .............................................................................................. 9-3

Figure 9-3 IOS Range Setup dialog box ............................................................................................................. 9-3

Figure 9-4 Color dialog box ............................................................................................................................... 9-4

Figure 9-5 Adding a range .................................................................................................................................. 9-5

Figure 9-6 Query Options dialog box ................................................................................................................. 9-6

Figure 9-7 Result window of RSCP analysis...................................................................................................... 9-8

Figure 9-8 Result of the RSCP—Ec/Io combined distribution ........................................................................... 9-9

Figure 9-9 Bourn Setting dialog box ................................................................................... 错误!未定义书签。

Figure 9-10 Ec/Io Analysis result tab page ....................................................................................................... 9-10

Figure 9-11 Query Options dialog box ............................................................................................................. 9-11

Figure 9-12 DL BLER-DL Code Tx Analysis result tab page .......................................................................... 9-12

Figure 9-13 DL Code Tx Analysis tab page ..................................................................................................... 9-13

Figure 9-14 UL UE Tx Analysis tab page ........................................................................................................ 9-14

Figure 9-15 DL BLER Analysis tab page ......................................................................................................... 9-15

Figure 9-16 Result window of TP Analysis ...................................................................................................... 9-16

Figure 9-17 Edit Pollution Parameters on shortcut menu ................................................................................. 9-17

Figure 9-18 Pilot Pollution Config dialog box ................................................................................................. 9-17

Figure 9-19 Pilot Pollution Area Statistics tab ................................................................................................. 9-19

Figure 9-20 Cell Wireless Quality Analyse tab page ........................................................................................ 9-21

Figure 9-21 Result of the statistical analysis of the cell displayed on map ...................................................... 9-23

Figure 9-22 Cell Project Parameters window ................................................................................................... 9-24

Figure 9-23 Displaying the pollution cell group ............................................................................................... 9-25

Figure 9-24 Geographically analyzing pilot pollution ...................................................................................... 9-26

Figure 9-25 Pilot Pollution Global Render Color Setup dialog box ................................................................. 9-27

Page 12: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

Figures

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

xii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 9-26 Color dialog box ........................................................................................................................... 9-27

Figure 9-27 Result after the color changed ...................................................................................................... 9-28

Figure 9-28 Geographically displaying intra-frequency and co-interference cells ........................................... 9-29

Figure 9-29 Pilot Pollution Report Setting dialog box ..................................................................................... 9-30

Figure 10-1 WCDMA Interference Analysis node ........................................................................................... 10-2

Figure 10-2 Edit Interference Config on the shortcut menu ............................................................................. 10-3

Figure 10-3 Interference Config dialog box ..................................................................................................... 10-3

Figure 10-4 Interference Analysis dialog box .................................................................................................. 10-4

Figure 10-5 Interference Analysis window ...................................................................................................... 10-5

Figure 10-6 Interference on map ...................................................................................................................... 10-7

Figure 11-1 WCDMA Neighbor Analysis node ................................................................................................ 11-2

Figure 11-2 Neighbor RNC Cell Configuration Check window ...................................................................... 11-3

Figure 11-3 Query dialog box ........................................................................................................................... 11-5

Figure 11-4 Unilateral Neighbor Cells Info Query window ............................................................................. 11-6

Figure 11-5 Unidirectional neighboring cell displayed on the map .................................................................. 11-7

Figure 11-6 Neighbor Cells Info Query window .............................................................................................. 11-8

Figure 11-7 Neighboring cell information displayed on the map ..................................................................... 11-9

Figure 11-8 Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box ........................................................................... 11-10

Figure 11-9 Missing Inter-frequency Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window ............................................ 11-11

Figure 11-10 Missing Inter-RAT Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window .................................................. 11-13

Figure 11-11 Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box ......................................................................... 11-15

Figure 11-12 Missing Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window ............................................................... 11-16

Figure 11-13 1A Record Query page .............................................................................................................. 11-18

Figure 11-14 Missing Neighbor Analysis result displayed on the map .......................................................... 11-19

Figure 11-15 Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box ......................................................................... 11-20

Figure 11-16 Unnecessary Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window ........................................................ 11-21

Figure 12-1 WCDMA Configuration Analysis node ........................................................................................ 12-2

Figure 12-2 Setting active MML file ................................................................................................................ 12-3

Figure 12-3 Imported MML file manage dialog box ........................................................................................ 12-3

Figure 12-4 RNC Algorithm Switch shortcut menu ......................................................................................... 12-4

Figure 12-5 RNC Algorithm Switch result window ......................................................................................... 12-5

Figure 12-6 Shortcut menu for browsing cell configuration parameters .......................................................... 12-6

Figure 12-7 Cell Basic Info .............................................................................................................................. 12-6

Page 13: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Figures

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary xiii

Figure 12-8 Cell Algorithm Switch .................................................................................................................. 12-7

Figure 12-9 Query dialog box .......................................................................................................................... 12-8

Figure 12-10 Query List Setting dialog box ..................................................................................................... 12-9

Figure 12-11 Parameters listed in the Query dialog box .................................................................................. 12-9

Figure 12-12 Result of configuration indicator on map ................................................................................. 12-10

Figure 12-13 New dialog box ......................................................................................................................... 12-11

Figure 12-14 New theme ................................................................................................................................ 12-12

Figure 12-15 Edit dialog box .......................................................................................................................... 12-12

Figure 12-16 Compare MML File dialog box ................................................................................................ 12-14

Figure 12-17 Comparing MML Files window ............................................................................................... 12-16

Figure 12-18 MML Compare dialog box ....................................................................................................... 12-17

Figure 12-19 MML File Selection dialog box ................................................................................................ 12-18

Figure 12-20 Compare configuration with baseline dialog box ..................................................................... 12-19

Figure 12-21 Configuration Compare with Baseline report ........................................................................... 12-20

Figure 12-22 Configuration Check Report dialog box ................................................................................... 12-21

Figure 12-23 Configuration Check Report ..................................................................................................... 12-22

Figure 13-1 WCDMA Call Drop Analysis node ............................................................................................... 13-2

Figure 13-2 Call Drop History Review Dialog dialog box ............................................................................... 13-3

Figure 13-3 Call Drop History Review result tab ............................................................................................. 13-4

Figure 13-4 Call Drop History Trend dialog box ............................................................................................. 13-5

Figure 13-5 Query Result tab page ................................................................................................................... 13-6

Figure 13-6 Call Drop Analysis Choice Dialog dialog box .............................................................................. 13-7

Figure 13-7 Cell Call Drop Fault TopN pane ................................................................................................... 13-9

Figure 13-8 Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution pane .......................................................... 13-10

Figure 13-9 Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record pane .............................................................................. 13-11

Figure 13-10 Message Browser dialog box of RAB INFO ............................................................................ 13-12

Figure 13-11 Message Browser dialog box of DROP RAB INFO ................................................................. 13-12

Figure 13-12 Message Browser dialog box of ACTIVE CELL INFO ........................................................... 13-13

Figure 13-13 SPU Log Analysis window ....................................................................................................... 13-14

Figure 13-14 Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution Pane ................................................................................ 13-15

Figure 13-15 Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN pane ................................................................ 13-16

Figure 13-16 Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record pane ............................................................................ 13-17

Figure 13-17 Subscribers' Call Drop Fault pane ............................................................................................ 13-19

Page 14: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

Figures

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

xiv Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-18 Subscribers Call Drop Fault Distribution pane ......................................................................... 13-20

Figure 13-19 Selected Subscriber's Call Drop Fault Record pane .................................................................. 13-21

Figure 13-20 Multi Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution pane .................................................. 13-23

Figure 13-21 Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN of Subscribers pane ........................................ 13-24

Figure 13-22 Selected UE's Call Drop Fault Record pane ............................................................................. 13-25

Figure 13-23 Call Drop Fault Analysis node .................................................................................................. 13-26

Figure 13-24 Call Drop Fault Analysis dialog box ......................................................................................... 13-27

Figure 13-25 SPU Log Abnormal Statistics window ...................................................................................... 13-28

Figure 13-26 Call History Record tab ............................................................................................................ 13-29

Figure 13-27 SPU log statistic pie chart pane ................................................................................................ 13-30

Figure 13-28 Abnormal Cell Of Selected Fail RAB Type pane ..................................................................... 13-31

Figure 13-29 SPU Log Analysis pane ............................................................................................................ 13-32

Figure 14-1 WCDMA Access Analysis node ................................................................................................... 14-2

Figure 14-2 Access History Review dialog box ............................................................................................... 14-3

Figure 14-3 Access History Review window ................................................................................................... 14-4

Figure 14-4 Access History Trend dialog box .................................................................................................. 14-5

Figure 14-5 Query Result window ................................................................................................................... 14-6

Figure 14-6 RF analysis menu .......................................................................................................................... 14-7

Figure 14-7 Call RRC Access Procedure Analysis dialog box ...................................................................... 14-8

Figure 14-8 Cell RRC Access Procedure Analysis dialog box ....................................................................... 14-10

Figure 14-9 Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis pane ................................................................... 14-11

Figure 14-10 User select cell's RRC Fault Reason Distribution pane ............................................................ 14-12

Figure 14-11 User select cell's RRC Fault Record pane ................................................................................. 14-13

Figure 14-12 Resolution dialog box for RACH MEASUREMENT REPORT .............................................. 14-14

Figure 14-13 Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Reason pane ................................................................... 14-16

Figure 14-14 Cell RRC Fault TopN of User Select Fault Reason pane .......................................................... 14-17

Figure 14-15 User select cell and Fault Reason's RRC Fault Record pane .................................................... 14-18

Figure 14-16 Subscribers' RRC Fault TopN pane .......................................................................................... 14-20

Figure 14-17 Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Distribution pane ............................................... 14-21

Figure 14-18 Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record pane ...................................................... 14-22

Figure 14-19 Subscribers' RRC Fault Reason Distribution pane ................................................................... 14-24

Figure 14-20 Subscriber RRC Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> pane ............................................ 14-25

Figure 14-21 <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane ....................... 14-26

Page 15: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Figures

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary xv

Figure 14-22 Cell RAB Access Procedure Analysis dialog box ..................................................................... 14-28

Figure 14-23 Cell RAB Fault TopN pane ....................................................................................................... 14-30

Figure 14-24 <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane ............................................................... 14-31

Figure 14-25 <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record pane ....................................................................... 14-32

Figure 14-26 Resolution dialog box for RAB INFO column ......................................................................... 14-33

Figure 14-27 Resolution dialog box for FAIL RAB INFO column ................................................................ 14-33

Figure 14-28 Resolution dialog box for ACTIVE SET INFO column ........................................................... 14-34

Figure 14-29 SPU Log Analysis window ....................................................................................................... 14-35

Figure 14-30 RAB Fault Reason Distribution pane ....................................................................................... 14-36

Figure 14-31 Cell RAB Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> pane ...................................................... 14-37

Figure 14-32 <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane ...................... 14-38

Figure 14-33 Subscribers' RAB Fault TopN pane .......................................................................................... 14-40

Figure 14-34 Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane ........................................... 14-41

Figure 14-35 Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record pane ...................................................... 14-42

Figure 14-36 RAB Fault Reason Distribution pane ....................................................................................... 14-44

Figure 14-37 Subscriber RAB Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> window ...................................... 14-45

Figure 14-38 Cell <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane ............... 14-46

Figure 15-1 SQL Server Service Manager dialog box ...................................................................................... 15-3

Figure 15-2 Compare MML File dialog box .................................................................................................... 15-6

Figure 15-3 Comparing MML Files window ................................................................................................... 15-7

Figure 15-4 MML Compare dialog box ........................................................................................................... 15-8

Figure 15-5 MML File Selection dialog box .................................................................................................... 15-9

Page 16: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English
Page 17: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Tables

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary xvii

Tables

Table 2-1 Recommended configuration .............................................................................................................. 2-2

Table 3-1 Items on the main interface ................................................................................................................ 3-6

Table 3-2 Description of the Network Monitoring pane ..................................................................................... 3-8

Table 3-3 Description of the Trouble Shooting pane .......................................................................................... 3-8

Table 3-4 Description of the Network Trend pane .............................................................................................. 3-9

Table 3-5 Description of the Project menu ....................................................................................................... 3-10

Table 3-6 Description of the System menu ....................................................................................................... 3-11

Table 3-7 Description of the View menu .......................................................................................................... 3-12

Table 3-8 Description of the Window menu ..................................................................................................... 3-13

Table 3-9 Help menu ........................................................................................................................................ 3-14

Table 3-10 Description of the toolbar ............................................................................................................... 3-14

Table 4-1 Icons on the map toolbar .................................................................................................................... 4-3

Table 4-2 Items in the Search Cell dialog box. ................................................................................................... 4-6

Table 5-1 Items in the Network Group window ................................................................................................. 5-3

Table 5-2 Items in the New dialog box ............................................................................................................... 5-4

Table 5-3 Description of the automatic grouping types .................................................................................... 5-10

Table 6-1 Three-level management structure ...................................................................................................... 6-2

Table 6-2 Performance indicators ....................................................................................................................... 6-2

Table 6-3 Items on the Performance items management tab page ...................................................................... 6-4

Table 6-4 Description of the process modes ....................................................................................................... 6-6

Table 6-5 Description of the export modes ......................................................................................................... 6-8

Table 6-6 Items on the General tab page .......................................................................................................... 6-12

Table 7-1 Time Range tab of the Query dialog box ............................................................................................ 7-5

Table 7-2 Description of a fixed statistics style .................................................................................................. 7-5

Table 7-3 Description of a custom style ............................................................................................................. 7-5

Table 7-4 Items on the Query Object tab page ................................................................................................... 7-6

Page 18: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

Tables

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

xviii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 7-5 Function of each icon on the toolbar .................................................................................................. 7-7

Table 7-6 Items in the Forward dialog box ....................................................................................................... 7-10

Table 7-7 Items on the Item Trend Chart tab page ............................................................................................ 7-13

Table 7-8 Items in the Query On Map Color Setting dialog box ...................................................................... 7-16

Table 7-9 Items on the TopN query result tab page .......................................................................................... 7-21

Table 7-10 Items in the Performance Query dialog box ................................................................................... 7-24

Table 7-11 Items in the Query Filter Condition dialog box .............................................................................. 7-26

Table 7-12 Items in the TopN Query dialog box............................................................................................... 7-34

Table 7-13 Items in the Options dialog box ...................................................................................................... 7-44

Table 7-14 Items in the SPU Log Analysis window ......................................................................................... 7-46

Table 8-1 Report type ......................................................................................................................................... 8-1

Table 8-2 Generate Performance Report dialog box - RNC performance report ................................................ 8-3

Table 8-3 Generate Performance Report dialog box—cluster performance report ............................................. 8-5

Table 8-4 Items in the New Report Dialog dialog box ....................................................................................... 8-8

Table 8-5 Items in the Customize Report Setting dialog box ........................................................................... 8-11

Table 8-6 Items in the Performance Monitoring Report dialog box ................................................................. 8-17

Table 8-7 Two functions of the network bottleneck analysis report ................................................................. 8-20

Table 8-8 Items in the NetBltNeckReport dialog box ....................................................................................... 8-21

Table 8-9 Items in the Network Shift Report dialog box .................................................................................. 8-23

Table 8-10 Sheets of the network shift report ................................................................................................... 8-25

Table 8-11 Items in the Unet Report Query Option dialog box ........................................................................ 8-26

Table 9-1 Items in the IOS Range Setup dialog box ........................................................................................... 9-4

Table 9-2 Items in the Query Options dialog box ............................................................................................... 9-7

Table 9-3 Items on the RSCP Analysis tab page ................................................................................................. 9-8

Table 9-4 Items on the RSCP—EcIo Analysis tab page ................................................................................... 9-10

Table 9-5 Items in the Query Options dialog box ............................................................................................. 9-11

Table 9-6 Items in the Pilot Pollution Config dialog box ................................................................................. 9-18

Table 9-7 Items on the Pilot Pollution Area Statistics tab page ........................................................................ 9-19

Table 9-8 Items on the Cell Wireless Quality Analyse tab page ....................................................................... 9-21

Table 9-9 Cause of pilot pollution and the relevant parameters ........................................................................ 9-23

Table 9-10 Items in the Cell Project Parameters window ................................................................................. 9-24

Table 9-11 Items in the Pilot Pollution Report Setting dialog box ................................................................... 9-30

Table 10-1 Items in the Interference Config dialog box ................................................................................... 10-3

Page 19: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual Tables

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary xix

Table 10-2 Items in the Interference Analysis dialog box ................................................................................ 10-5

Table 10-3 Items in the Interference Analysis window ..................................................................................... 10-5

Table 10-4 Colors in the Map Legend window. ................................................................................................ 10-7

Table 11-1 Items in the Neighbor RNC Cell Configuration Check window..................................................... 11-3

Table 11-2 Items in the Unilateral Neighbor Cells Info Query window ........................................................... 11-6

Table 11-3 Items in the Neighbor Cells Info Query window ............................................................................ 11-8

Table 11-4 Items in the Missing Inter-frequency Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window. ......................... 11-11

Table 11-5 Items in the Missing Inter-RAT Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window .................................. 11-13

Table 11-6 Items in the Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box ......................................................... 11-15

Table 11-7 Missing Items in the Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window ................................................ 11-16

Table 11-8 Items in the 1A Record Query pane .............................................................................................. 11-18

Table 11-9 Parameters in the Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box ................................................ 11-20

Table 11-10 Items in the Unnecessary Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window ...................................... 11-21

Table 12-1 Items in the Imported MML file management dialog box .............................................................. 12-3

Table 12-2 Items on the shortcut menu for browsing the cell configuration parameters .................................. 12-6

Table 12-3 Items in the Compare MML File dialog box ................................................................................ 12-14

Table 12-4 RNC configuration parameter ....................................................................................................... 12-15

Table 12-5 Items in the Comparing MML Files window................................................................................ 12-16

Table 12-6 File information on the two MML files ........................................................................................ 12-18

Table 12-7 Items in the Configuration Check Report dialog box ................................................................... 12-21

Table 13-1 Descriptions of the Call Drop History Review Dialog dialog box. ................................................ 13-3

Table 13-2 Items on the Call Drop History Review tab page ........................................................................... 13-4

Table 13-3 Items in the Call Drop Analysis Choice Dialog dialog box ............................................................ 13-7

Table 13-4 Toolbar in the Cell Call Drop Fault Analysis window .................................................................. 13-13

Table 13-5 Toolbar on Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution window ............................................................ 13-17

Table 13-6 Toolbar on the Subscribers Call Drop Analysis window .............................................................. 13-21

Table 13-7 Toolbar in the Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution window ................................... 13-25

Table 13-8 Items in the Call Drop Fault Analysis dialog box ......................................................................... 13-27

Table 13-9 Items in the SPU Log Abnormal Statistics window. ..................................................................... 13-28

Table 14-1 Items in the Access History Review dialog box. ............................................................................ 14-3

Table 14-2 Items in the Access History Review window ................................................................................. 14-4

Table 14-3 Items in the Access History Trend dialog box ................................................................................ 14-5

Table 14-4 Sub-menus in the RF analysis menu ............................................................................................... 14-7

Page 20: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

Tables

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

xx Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 14-5 Items in the CHR Access Information dialog box .......................................................................... 14-8

Table 14-6 Toolbar in the RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis window .............................................................. 14-14

Table 14-7 Items on the toolbar ...................................................................................................................... 14-18

Table 14-8 Toolbar on Subscribers' RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis window ................................. 14-22

Table 14-9 Toolbar on Subscribers ' RRC Connection Request Fault Reason window .................................. 14-26

Table 14-10 Items in the Cell RAB Access Procedure Analysis dialog box ................................................... 14-29

Table 14-11 Items on the toolbar .................................................................................................................... 14-34

Table 14-12 Items on the toolbar .................................................................................................................... 14-38

Table 14-13 Descriptions of the toolbar ......................................................................................................... 14-42

Table 14-14 Descriptions of the toolbar ......................................................................................................... 14-46

Table 15-1 Items in the Compare MML File dialog box .................................................................................. 15-6

Table 15-2 RNC configuration parameter ......................................................................................................... 15-6

Page 21: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 1 Introduction

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-1

1 Introduction

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

1.1 Overview The GENEX Nastar WCDMA.

1.2 Main Functions The main functions of the GENEX Nastar WCDMA.

Page 22: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

1 Introduction

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

1-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

1.1 Overview

Developed by Huawei, the GENEX Nastar WCDMA wireless network performance analysis

system is an intelligent and integrated platform for monitoring and optimizing wireless

network performance.

Inheriting rich experience of the WCDMA network optimization of Huawei and using the

intelligent and efficient data management and analysis methods, the GENEX Nastar WCDMA

can rapidly and effectively monitor network performance, locate network faults, predict

network development trends, focus on services for customers, and satisfy higher service

requirements for carriers.

1.2 Main Functions

The GENEX Nastar WCDMA provides the following functions:

Importing and analyzing the configuration data, performance data, CHR data, RTWP

data, and project parameters.

Providing five categories that contain more than 30 all-round and classified performance

theme queries and TopN queries. Based on the secondary query function, the Nastar

WCDMA specifies the themes, locates the causes of network problems, and focuses on

focus on services for customers.

Providing the intelligent report system at multiple levels, automatically or manually

generating various reports such as daily reports, weekly reports, health check reports and

network monitoring reports, and providing different readers with valuable information.

Analyzing the trends of indexes, such as KPI, and comparing the optimized KPI with the

original KPI to verify the optimization effect.

Analyzing neighboring cell optimization, interference, call drop, network access, and

network coverage to check hidden troubles timely and solve network problems by the

roots.

Providing graphic and geographic display of analysis results to display the analysis

results in graphs and maps and to locate problems efficiently.

Providing the customized performance indicators and query templates so that operators

can enjoy customized functions and services.

Providing configuration parameters analysis, configuration parameters check, history

configuration parameters comparison, and neighboring cell analysis; thereby, helping

engineers locate network problems timely.

Through long-term monitoring and analysis, engineers can analyze the trend of KPI,

predict network and services, and combine the operation ideas of carriers to define the

optimal time for network expansion and network reparent and to instruct reasonable

investment.

Page 23: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 2 Software Installation

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-1

2 Software Installation

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

2.1 Installation Requirements The requirements for installing the GENEX Nastar

WCDMA.

2.2 Components of the

Installation Package

The installation package components.

2.3 Installing the GENEX

Nastar WCDMA

The procedure for installing the GENEX Nastar

WCDMA.

2.4 Installing the License The procedure for installing the license.

Page 24: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

2 Software Installation

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

2-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

2.1 Installation Requirements

Table 2-1 describes the recommended configuration of the Nastar client software.

Table 2-1 Recommended configuration

Configuration Object

Configuration Item

Configuration Requirement

Nastar client Hardware

configuration

PC

CPU: 2.4 GHz or faster

Memory: 512 MB or more

Hard disk: 40 GB or more

Display: VGA, 1024 x 768, 16-bit color or above

Network card: 1000 Mbit/s

Operating

system

Windows 2003 or a later version

Office software Microsoft Office 2003 or a later version

2.2 Components of the Installation Package

The Nastar software consists of the following installation packages:

The Nastar, which consists of the Nastar WCDMA main program and the data import

tool, namely, the Nastar WCDMA Transdata.

The third party components, namely, the GENEX Share components.

The database program, namely, the MSDE.

If the GENEX Share components and the MSDE or Microsoft SQL Server 2000 are already

installed, you can skip the installation of these applications and install only the Nastar main

program and the data import tool.

2.3 Installing the GENEX Nastar WCDMA

To install the GENEX Nastar WCDMA, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click setup.exe in the installation package.

The Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for GENEX Nastar WCDMA dialog box is

displayed, as shown in Figure 2-1.

Page 25: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 2 Software Installation

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-3

Figure 2-1 Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for GENEX Nastar WCDMA dialog box

Step 2 Click Next.

The License Agreement dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-2.

Page 26: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

2 Software Installation

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

2-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 2-2 License Agreement dialog box

Step 3 Click Yes to confirm the license agreement.

The Customer Information dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-3.

Page 27: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 2 Software Installation

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-5

Figure 2-3 Customer Information dialog box

Step 4 Type the user information in the User Name and Company Name fields.

Step 5 Select the associated option according to your requirements:

Select Anyone who uses this computer (all users), if you allow anyone who log in to

the computer.

Select Only for me, if you allow the user who install the software.

Step 6 Click Next.

The Setup Type dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-4.

Page 28: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

2 Software Installation

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

2-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 2-4 Setup Type dialog box

Step 7 Select a setup type in the Setup Type dialog box, and click Next.

The Choose Destination Location dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-5.

Page 29: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 2 Software Installation

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-7

Figure 2-5 Choose Destination Location dialog box

Step 8 Click Browse to select an installation directory.

The default directory is: operating system disk\Program Files\Huawei GENEX\Nastar

WCDMA.

Step 9 Click Next.

The Select Program Folder dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-6.

Page 30: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

2 Software Installation

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

2-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 2-6 Select Program Folder dialog box

Step 10 Click Next.

The Start Copying Files dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-7.

Page 31: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 2 Software Installation

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-9

Figure 2-7 Start Copying Files dialog box

Step 11 Click Next.

The Setup Status dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-8.

Page 32: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

2 Software Installation

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

2-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 2-8 Setup Status dialog box

After the installation of the main program, the system prompts you to install the GENEX

Share and the MSDE if these two applications are not installed on your computer. The

installation directories for the two tools are set by default.

NOTE It is recommended that you restart the computer after the installation of the GENEX Nastar WCDMA

main program.

----End

2.4 Installing the License

The GENEX Nastar WCDMA employs license authorization. The license is provided by a

parallel port or a USB port dongle. The GENEX Nastar WCDMA also uses the license

verification function. Ensure that the license is installed before you start the GENEX Nastar

WCDMA. If the license in not installed, the functions of the software are unavailable when

you start the GENEX Nastar WCDMA. In this case, the Error dialog box is displayed, as

shown in Figure 2-9.

Page 33: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 2 Software Installation

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-11

Figure 2-9 Error dialog box

To install the license, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Contact Huawei engineers to apply for a license file. In general, the file name is License

Code.lic.

If you already obtain a license file, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Click Update License in the Error dialog box, as shown in Figure 2-9.

The Open dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 2-10.

Page 34: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

2 Software Installation

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

2-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 2-10 Open dialog box

Step 3 Select the license file, and click Open.

Step 4 Click OK to complete copying the license.

Step 5 Restart the GENEX Nastar WCDMA, and check the correctness of the license.

If the license file meets the requirements, you can use the software normally.

Before installing the license, ensure that the system time of your computer is correct.

After installing the license, do not change the system time of your computer. Otherwise,

the license becomes invalid.

----End

Page 35: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 3 Quick Start

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-1

3 Quick Start

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

3.1 Logging In to the Database

Server

The procedure for logging in to the database server.

3.2 Logging In to Another

Database Server

The procedures for logging in to another database server.

3.3 Introduction to the Main

Interface

The main interface of the Nastar.

3.4 Introduction to the Menu

Bar

The menu bar of the Nastar.

3.5 Introduction to the Toolbar The toolbar of the Nastar.

Page 36: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

3 Quick Start

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

3-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

3.1 Logging In to the Database Server

The Nastar WCDMA uses the database server to process related data. Therefore, you must log

in to a database server before using the functions of the Nastar.

To log in to the database server, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the shortcut of the GENEX Nastar WCDMA on the desktop, or choose Start >

Programs > GENEX Nastar WCDMA.exe.

The User Login dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-1.

Figure 3-1 User Login dialog box

Step 2 Select a database server in the SQL Server drop-down list, or input a SQL Server name

directly.

Step 3 Type the login name and password in the Login Name and Password fields.

Step 4 Click Login.

NOTE An error appears when you try to connect to a database server that does not exist. You fail to log in to the

data server if you enter an incorrect login name or password. The Nastar automatically exits after five

connection attempts.

----End

Page 37: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 3 Quick Start

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-3

3.2 Logging In to Another Database Server

To switch to another database server after you succeed in logging in to a server, perform the

following steps:

Step 1 Choose Project > Login, as shown in Figure 3-2.

Figure 3-2 Project /Login menu

The User Login dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-3.

Figure 3-3 User Login dialog box

Step 2 Type the server name, login name, and password in the SQL Server, Login Name, and

Password fields.

Step 3 Click Login.

A dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-4.

Page 38: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

3 Quick Start

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

3-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 3-4 Message dialog

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

3.3 Introduction to the Main Interface

To access the main interface of the Nastar WCDMA, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Start the Nastar WCDMA.

Step 2 Open a project.

The main interface is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-5.

Page 39: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 3 Quick Start

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-5

Figure 3-5 Main interface of the Nastar

Page 40: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

3 Quick Start

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

3-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 3-1 describes the items on the main interface.

Table 3-1 Items on the main interface

Item Description

Menu bar The menu bar provides entrance to the basic functions of the

program.

Toolbar The toolbar provides shortcuts for some basic functions.

Workspace Network

Element

Click Network Element. The Network Element pane is

displayed, as shown in Figure 3-6.

The Network Element pane lists all the network element

(NE) objects after the performance data or configuration

data is imported.

The Network Element pane is null if no performance data

or configuration data is imported.

Network

Monitoring

The Network Performance Monitoring pane provides the

function entrance to performance reports, as shown in Figure

3-7. Table 3-2 describes the Network Performance

Monitoring pane.

Trouble

Shooting

The Trouble Shooting pane contains the function entrances

to all the analysis themes of the Nastar, as shown in Figure

3-8. Table 3-3 describes the Trouble Shooting pane.

Network

Trend

The Network Trend pane includes the function entrance to

Network Bottleneck Report and Network Shift Report, as

shown in Figure 3-9. Table 3-4 describes this pane.

Site View The Site View pane displays the map or the analyzing

results.

Page 41: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 3 Quick Start

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-7

Figure 3-6 Network Element pane

Figure 3-7 Network Monitoring pane

Page 42: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

3 Quick Start

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

3-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 3-2 describes the Network Monitoring pane.

Table 3-2 Description of the Network Monitoring pane

Report type Description

RNC

performance

report

RNC Daily

Report

RNC daily report See section 8.1.1

"Performance Report

Introduction." RNC Weekly

Report

RNC weekly report

RNC Monthly

Report

RNC monthly report

Cluster

performance

report

Cluster Daily

Report

Cluster daily report

Cluster Weekly

Report

Cluster weekly report

Network Monitor Report For details, see section 8.2 "Network Monitor Report."

Figure 3-8 Trouble Shooting pane

Table 3-3 describes the Trouble Shooting pane.

Table 3-3 Description of the Trouble Shooting pane

Function Node Description

WCDMA Performance Analysis For details, see chapter 7 "Traffic Statistic

Analysis."

WCDMA Coverage Analysis For details, see chapter 9 "Coverage Analysis."

WCDMA Interference Analysis For details, see chapter 10 "Interference Analysis."

WCDMA Neighbor Analysis For details, see chapter 11 "Neighboring Cell

Analysis."

Page 43: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 3 Quick Start

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-9

Function Node Description

WCDMA Configuration Analysis For details, see chapter 12 "Configuration Check."

WCDMA Call Drop Analysis For details, see chapter 13 "Call Drop Analysis."

WCDMA Access Analysis For details, see chapter 14 "Access Analysis."

Figure 3-9 Network Trend pane

Table 3-4 describes the Network Trend pane.

Table 3-4 Description of the Network Trend pane

Report Type Description

Network Bottleneck Report For details, see section 8.3 "Network Bottleneck Report."

Network Shift Report For details, see section 8.4 "Network Shift Report."

----End

Page 44: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

3 Quick Start

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

3-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

3.4 Introduction to the Menu Bar

3.4.1 Project Menu

The Project menu is shown in Figure 3-10.

Figure 3-10 Project menu

Table 3-5 describes the Project menu.

Table 3-5 Description of the Project menu

Menu Description

Open Opens a project.

Close Closes a project.

Login Logs in to a database server.

Export U-Net analysis report Exports the U-Net analysis report. For details, see section

8.5 "U-Net Report."

Exit Exits from the Nastar WCDMA.

Page 45: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 3 Quick Start

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-11

3.4.2 System Menu

The System menu is shown in Figure 3-11.

Figure 3-11 System menu

Table 3-6 describes the System menu.

Table 3-6 Description of the System menu

Menu Description

Start Import Data Starts the Transdata, which is a tool for importing data. For

details, see the GENEX Nastar WCDMA Transdata User

Manual.

Import Function Info. Imports a theme.

For details, see section 7.5.6 "Importing a Performance Item."

Export Function Info. Exports a theme.

For details, see section 7.5.5 "Exporting a Performance Item."

Item Manager For details, see chapter 6 "Performance Indicator Management."

NE Group Manager For details, see chapter 5 "NE Group Management."

Page 46: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

3 Quick Start

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

3-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

3.4.3 View Menu

The View menu is shown in Figure 3-12

Figure 3-12 View menu

Table 3-7 describes the View menu.

Table 3-7 Description of the View menu

Menu Description

Standard Toolbar Shows or hides the Toolbar.

Status Bar Shows or hides the Status bar.

Shortcuts Bar Shows or hides Workspace pane.

Properties Bar Shows or hides Properties bar.

Site View Shows or hides Map window.

Window Style Windows XP Displays the interface in the Windows XP style.

Office 2003 Displays the interface in the Office 2003 style.

Windows 2000 Displays the interface in the Windows 2000 style.

Bottom Tabs Displays the tab of the map or the result analysis

window at the bottom.

Top Tabs Displays the tab of the map or the result analysis

window at the top.

Page 47: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 3 Quick Start

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-13

3.4.4 Window Menu

The Window menu is shown in Figure 3-13.

Figure 3-13 Window menu

Table 3-8 describes the Window menu.

Table 3-8 Description of the Window menu

Menu Description

Cascade Cascades the window.

Tile Horizontally Horizontally arranges the window.

Tile Vertically Vertically arranges the window.

Close All Windows Closes all the windows.

Site view Selects a window to display the selected window in the

active state.

3.4.5 Help Menu

The Help menu is shown in Figure 3-14.

Figure 3-14 Help menu

Page 48: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

3 Quick Start

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

3-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 3-9 describes the Help menu.

Table 3-9 Help menu

Menu Description

Help Topics Shows the user manual.

What's New Shows What's New.

ESN Code Shows the ESN code, which is used to obtain or update the

license.

Update License Updates the software license.

License Code Views the license information.

About GENEX Nastar Views the copyright information.

3.5 Introduction to the Toolbar

Table 3-10 describes the toolbar.

Table 3-10 Description of the toolbar

Toolbar Description

Opens a project.

Closes a project.

Imports a theme.

Exports a theme.

Imports a mode.

Exports a mode.

Manages items.

Manages NE Groups.

Shows or hides workspace.

Shows or hides properties bar.

Shows help topics.

Shows version information.

Page 49: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 4 Map

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-1

4 Map

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

4.1 Importing the Project

Parameters

The procedure for importing the project parameters and

showing the map.

4.2 Operating the Map The procedure for operating the map.

4.3 Setting the Map Layer The procedure for setting the map layer.

4.4 Searching for a Cell The procedure for searching for a cell.

Page 50: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

4 Map

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

4-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

4.1 Importing the Project Parameters

For the usage of Transdata, see the GENEX Nastar WCDMA Transdata User Manual.

Import the project parameters before using the map. The project parameters provide the

necessary information about the longitude and latitude for displaying the map.

The application resolves the content of the project parameter file to be displayed on the

interface and imported into the database. You can match the column name manually.

Only one project parameter sheet can be opened at a time.

After the project parameter is imported successfully, the workspace displays the geographical

information on the map, as shown in Figure 4-1.

Figure 4-1 Map

Based on the configuration of each BS on the network (such as longitude and latitude of the

BS, azimuth angle of cells), the Nastar uses the map to display the position of each BS and

direction of each cell antenna.

NOTE Nastar can not draw the same coverage with the Inter-Frequency cells. When existing the cells with

same longitude and same latitude , and same azimuth , but with the different frequency. Nastar can not

show these cells on map in the same time . Nastar just can draw one cell on the map. The map releated

functions will be effected. The cells drawing on the map is decided by the position in project parameter

file. The last importing cells with different frequency will cover the cells in the same position.

4.2 Operating the Map

The displaying functions on the map are as follows:

Directly showing the planning and layout of the network

Page 51: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 4 Map

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-3

Associating the collected data with the network topology

Quickly and accurately locating the network element in which users are interested

You can conveniently use the icons on the toolbar to use and adjust the map.

Table 4-1 describes the icons on the toolbar.

Table 4-1 Icons on the map toolbar

Icon Hint Description

Map Arrow Click , and then move the mouse to the map. A hint in

yellow rectangle is displayed, showing the information on

the current NE.

Map Move Click , and then move the mouse to the map. Drag the

mouse to move the map.

Search Cell

Click to searching for a cell.

Zoom In

Click to magnify the map.

Zoom Out

Click to shrink the map.

Default Scale

Click to restore the map to the default scale.

Map Select

Click , and then move the mouse to the map. If you

click an NE or an area on the map, a message in yellow

rectangle is displayed, showing the information about the

selected object.

Rectangle Select

Click to select all the objects in the rectangle.

Radius Select

Click to select all the objects in the circle.

Layer Setting

Click to set the map layer.

Calculate Distance

Click to calculate the distance.

Calculate Angle

Click to calculate the angle.

Page 52: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

4 Map

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

4-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

4.3 Setting the Map Layer

To set the layer, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click on the map toolbar.

The Layer Control dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-2.

Figure 4-2 Layer Control dialog box

Step 2 Set the layers and properties in the Layer Control dialog box.

Select a layer from the Layers list, and click UP or Down to ascend or descend the layer.

Select or clear Visible to show or hide the selected layer.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

Page 53: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 4 Map

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-5

The Nastar also provides a map legend to illustrate the icons on the map, as shown in Figure

4-3.

Figure 4-3 Map Legend

You can use various functions in the application of the map.

4.4 Searching for a Cell

The Nastar provides a cell searching function to quickly locate the NE in which you are

interested.

To search for a cell, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click on the map toolbar.

The Search Cell dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-4.

Page 54: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

4 Map

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

4-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 4-4 Search Cell dialog box

Table 4-2 describes the items in the Search Cell dialog box.

Table 4-2 Items in the Search Cell dialog box.

Item Description

Keyword Type the keyword that you want to search.

The keyword can be either a cell name or a

cell ID.

Search Mode Search By Name Searches the cell by the cell name.

Search By ID Searches the cell by the ID.

Search Result Dynamically Update Updates the searching result dynamically.

If you select Dynamically Update, the

Search Result list updates dynamically based

on the input in the Keyword field.

Approximately Search Searches the result approximately.

Map Linkage Links dynamically with the map.

If you select Map Linkage, click a record in

the Search Result list to highlight the

corresponding cell on the map.

Page 55: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 4 Map

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-7

Item Description

Adds a group of cells.

For details, see section 5.3 "Creating an NE

Group."

Clears the search result in the Search Result

list.

Searches manually.

If Dynamically Update is deselected, click

Search to display the search result.

Exits from the Search Cell dialog box.

Step 2 Type a cell name or a cell ID to search.

Step 3 Click a record in the Search Result list.

The map dynamically highlights the cell (the area marked red on the map), as shown in Figure

4-5.

Figure 4-5 Displaying search result on the map

----End

Page 56: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English
Page 57: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 5 NE Group Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-1

5 NE Group Management

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

5.1 Overview The types of an NE Group.

5.2 Introduction to the NE

Group Manager Window

The procedure for opening the NE group manager

window.

5.3 Creating an NE Group The procedure for creating an NE group.

5.4 Editing an NE Group The procedure for editing an NE group.

5.5 Saving a Copy of an NE

Group

The procedure for saving as an NE group.

5.6 Deleting an NE Group The procedure for deleting an NE group.

5.7 Grouping the Cells

Automatically

The procedure for grouping the cell automatically.

5.8 Exporting an NE Group The procedure for exporting an NE group.

5.9 Importing an NE Group The procedure for importing an NE group.

Page 58: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

5 NE Group Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

5-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

5.1 Overview

A NE group refers to a collection of NE objects of the same type. Based on different types,

NEs can be divided into the following groups:

RNC group

NodeB group

Cell group

You can use an NE group to designate the scale of the object to be analyzed, for example:

Analyzing the performance of all RNCs in an RNC group

Analyzing the configuration of all cells in a cell group

5.2 Introduction to the NE Group Manager Window

Choose System > NE Group Manager, or click on the toolbar.

The Network Group window is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-1.

Figure 5-1 Network Group window

Page 59: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 5 NE Group Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-3

Table 5-1 describes the items in the Network Group window.

Table 5-1 Items in the Network Group window

Item Description

NE group list Name Indicates the name of an NE group.

Type Indicates the type of an NE group.

Size Indicates the number of NEs in the NE group.

Toolbar

Creates an NE group.

Edits an NE group.

Saves an existing NE group as a new NE group.

Deletes an NE group.

Groups the cell automatically by Rack or by NodeB.

Imports an NE group.

Exports an NE group.

5.3 Creating an NE Group

To create an NE group, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Right-click New Group or click on the toolbar.

The New dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-2.

Page 60: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

5 NE Group Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

5-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 5-2 New dialog box

Table 5-2 describes the items in the New dialog box.

Table 5-2 Items in the New dialog box

Item Description

Name Indicates the name of an NE group.

The name consists of English letters, digits, or underline.

Type Indicates the type of an NE group, such as RNC Group, NodeB Group, or

Cell Group.

Net Elements Indicates the NE objects.

The Net Elements list shows corresponding NE objects based on the

selected NE group.

NOTE

If there are no NEs of this type in the imported data, the Net Elements list is null.

Step 2 Type the NE name in the Name field and select an NE group type in the Type field. Then

select the corresponding NE in the Net Elements list.

Step 3 Click OK.

The new NE group is displayed in the Network Group window.

----End

Page 61: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 5 NE Group Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-5

5.4 Editing an NE Group

To edit an NE group, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select an NE group form the Network Group window, as shown in Figure 5-3.

Figure 5-3 NE groups in the Network Group window

Step 2 Perform one of the following operations:

Double-click the selected NE group

Right-click Edit Group

Click on the toolbar

The Edit Group dialog box is opened, as shown in Figure 5-4.

Figure 5-4 Edit Group dialog box

Page 62: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

5 NE Group Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

5-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Step 3 Modify the NE group information including Name and NET Elements in the Edit Group

dialog box.

NOTE Do not modify the NE group type. If you want to modify the NE group type, you can only delete it and

re-create an NE group.

----End

5.5 Saving a Copy of an NE Group

This function is performed to save a copy of an existing NE group.

To save a copy of an existing NE group, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select an NE group.

Step 2 Right-click Save As Group…on the selected NE group. Or click on the toolbar.

The Save as dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-5.

Figure 5-5 Save as dialog box

Step 3 Type a new name in the Name field, as shown in Figure 5-6.

Page 63: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 5 NE Group Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-7

Figure 5-6 Type a name in the Save as dialog box

Step 4 Click OK.

The copy of an NE group is listed in the Network Group window, as shown in Figure 5-7.

If no NE object is deleted, the copy of the NE group is the same as the NE group except the

name.

Figure 5-7 The copy of an NE group

----End

5.6 Deleting an NE Group

To delete an NE group, perform the following steps:

Page 64: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

5 NE Group Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

5-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Step 1 Select an NE group, or press and hold Ctrl, and select more NE groups.

Step 2 Click on the toolbar, or select Delete Group on the shortcut menu.

A dialog box is displayed, prompting you to confirm the deletion, as shown in Figure 5-8.

Figure 5-8 Confirming the deletion of a network group

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

5.7 Grouping the Cells Automatically

Grouping the cells automatically by rack or by NodeB enhances your work efficiency.

To group the cells automatically, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click on the toolbar or select Auto Cluster on the shortcut menu.

The Auto Cluster dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-9.

Figure 5-9 Auto Cluster dialog box

Page 65: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 5 NE Group Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-9

Step 2 Select a group type. You can select either or several of the following four types.

Group By Rack

Group By Sub-System

Group By NodeB

Group By UARFCNDOWNLINK

Group By LAC\RAC\SAC

Page 66: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

5 NE Group Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

5-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 5-3 describes the four types.

Table 5-3 Description of the automatic grouping types

Grouping Type Description

Group By Rack If you select Group By Rack Group, the cells are grouped by

rack, and the cell group is named SR_RNCID_SUBRACKID.

NOTE

If the ID of the RNC that the cells belong to is 1 and the Rack ID is 1, the

name of the cell group is SR_RNC1_SUBRACK1.

Group By Sub-System If you select Group By Sub-System, the cells are grouped by

Subsystem and the cell group is named

SSN_RNCID_SRNID_SSNID.

NOTE

If the ID of the RNC that the cells belong to is 1, the Rack ID is 1 and the

Subsystem ID is 1, the name of the cell group is SR_RNC1_SRN1_SSN1.

Group By NodeB If you select Group By NodeB, the cells are grouped by NodeB,

and the cell group is named

NB_RNCID_NODEBID_NODEBName.

NOTE

If the ID of the RNC that the cells belong to is 1, the NODEB ID is 1, and

the NODEB name is A, the name of the cell group is

NB_RNC1_NODEB1_NODEBA.

Group By

UARFCNDOWNLINK

If you select Group By UARFCNDOWNLINK, the cells are

grouped by UARFCNDOWNLINK, and the cell group is named

UARFCNDL_RNC:RNCID_DL:UARFCNDLID.

NOTE

If the ID of the RNC that the cells belong to is 1, the UARFCNDL ID is

10000, the name of the cell group is UARFCNDL_RNC:1_DL:10000.

Group By

LAC\RAC\SAC

If you select Group By LAC\RAC\SAC, the cells are grouped by

Location Area Code(LAC), Routing Area Code(RAC) or Service

Area Code(SAC).

NOTE

If LAC that the cells belong to is 0x1, the RAC is 0x1, and the SAC is 0x1,

the name of the cell group grouped by LAC is Area_L_LAC:0x1; the name

of the cell group grouped by LAC and RAC is

Area_LR_LAC:0x1&RAC:0x1; the name of the cell group grouped by

LAC and RAC and SAC is Area_LRS_ LAC:0x1&RAC:0x1&RAC:0x1.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

After you group the cells by rack or by NodeB, the cell groups are displayed in the Network

Group window, as shown in Figure 5-10.

Page 67: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 5 NE Group Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-11

Figure 5-10 Displaying cell groups by rack or by NodeB

5.8 Exporting an NE Group

To export an NE group, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click on the toolbar.

The Save As dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-11.

Page 68: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

5 NE Group Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

5-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 5-11 Save As dialog box

Step 2 Select the path for saving the file and type a name in the File name combo box.

Step 3 Click Save.

NOTE The property Extend Type of NE group do not support export. It needs to be modified after imported if

needed.

----End

Page 69: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 5 NE Group Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-13

5.9 Importing an NE Group

To import an NE group, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click on the toolbar.

The Open dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-12.

Figure 5-12 Open dialog box

Step 2 Select a file for the NE group to be imported, and then click Open.

The imported NE group is displayed in the Network Group window.

----End

Page 70: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English
Page 71: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 6 Performance Indicator Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-1

6 Performance Indicator Management

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

6.1 Overview The concepts, types, and management of performance

indicators.

6.2 Introduction to the Item

Management Function

The procedure for starting item management and the

interface of item management.

6.3 Importing Items The procedure for importing items.

6.4 Exporting Items The procedure for exporting items.

6.5 Creating a User-Defined

Item

The procedure for creating a user-defined item.

6.6 Editing a User-Defined

Item

The procedure for editing a user-defined item.

6.7 Deleting a User-Defined

Item

The procedure for deleting a user-defined item.

Page 72: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

6 Performance Indicator Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

6-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

6.1 Overview

The statistical information on the performance indicators is the basis for network management

and reflects the network quality. Analyzing and evaluating the performance indicators is the

essence for locating network problems and improving the network quality. With the statistical

information on the performance indicators, you can understand the network performance

indicators and further know the actual operational status of a wireless network.

Performance management is organized in the three-level management structure, as described

in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1 Three-level management structure

Level Name Description

Level 1 Measurement

set

You can collect performance statistics by calculating

measurement counters. Relevant counters are combined for the

analysis of a functional item in the system. In the design of the

performance statistics function, the combination of the relevant

counters is described as a measurement function set, for

example, RNC overall performance measurement and MTP

signaling link measurement.

Level 2 Measurement

unit

A measurement set contains many statistical items that are

classified into different categories. Each category is a

measurement unit of the measurement set.

Level 3 Measurement

item

A measurement item refers to a measurement counter. Each

counter describes relevant events in the system. You can analyze

the counters to generate the performance statistic data.

NOTE For details about the measurement set, measurement unit, and measurement item, see the iManager

M2000 Mobile Network NE Integration Management System Operation Manual.

The performance statistic data uses the Nastar performance analysis function. Therefore,

ensure that the performance statistic data is imported before using the performance analysis

function.

To analyze the performance statistic data conveniently, the Nastar WCDMA classifies the

performance indicators into different types based on different methods, as described in Table

6-2.

Table 6-2 Performance indicators

Method Indicator Description

Measurement

object

RNC item Based on the RNC.

Cell item Based on a cell.

Cell relation item Used to analyze the exchange information

between two cells.

Page 73: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 6 Performance Indicator Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-3

Method Indicator Description

Item definition Original item Collected by the equipment.

Calculation item Obtained by calculating the original item.

User-defined item Defined by users.

For the relevant operations of a user-defined

item, see section 6.5 "Creating a

User-Defined Item", section 6.6 "Editing a

User-Defined Item", and section 6.7

"Deleting a User-Defined Item."

NOTE During actual analysis, you may use the existing items to calculate the items that are not defined in the

Nastar (called as user-defined items). A user-defined item is an extension to the calculation item concept.

User-defined items can be used for the performance analysis in addition to original items and calculation

items.

6.2 Introduction to the Item Management Function

To start item management, perform one of the following three operations:

Choose System > Item Manager on the System menu.

Click on the toolbar.

In the navigation tree, select the WCDMA Performance Analysis node of the Trouble

Shooting pane, and then select Item Manager on the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure

6-1.

Figure 6-1 Item Manager on the shortcut menu

After you start the item manager, the Performance items management tab is displayed,

as shown in Figure 6-2.

Page 74: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

6 Performance Indicator Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

6-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 6-2 Performance items management tab

The Performance items management tab consists of the following three parts:

Item Tree pane, on the left part.

Item information pane, on the right part.

Toolbar, on the top.

Click the buttons on the toolbar to process the relevant operations.

Table 6-3 describes the items in the Performance items management tab page.

Table 6-3 Items on the Performance items management tab page

Item Description

Item tree Displays the items of different types in the hierarchical structure:

type > measure set > measure unit. Click a node in the Item tree,

and then the item information on the selected node is displayed on

the Item information pane.

Item information

window

Displays the item information on the node selected in Item tree,

including ID, Name, and Type.

Toolbar

Creates an item.

Page 75: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 6 Performance Indicator Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-5

Item Description

Deletes an item.

NOTE

You can delete only a user-defined item.

Lists only the user-defined items.

Shows or hides the Item Tree pane.

Shows or hides the item attributes.

Searches an item. The shortcut key is Ctrl+F3.

6.3 Importing Items

You may define a performance indicator to evaluate the network performance. Senior network

optimization engineers may define the items based on their understanding of the traffic

statistics items and analysis experience. You can design a set of analysis schemes to improve

the analysis speed and quality.

For the engineers who use their own analysis methods and share their experience, the Nastar

allows them to import items from a file or to export items to a file.

To import items, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select an item in the Performance items management tab, and then select Import on the

shortcut menu, as show in Figure 6-3.

Figure 6-3 Import on the shortcut menu

The Import Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-4.

Page 76: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

6 Performance Indicator Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

6-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 6-4 Import Options dialog box

Step 2 Select the process mode for the predefined items and user-defined items.

Table 6-4 describes the three process modes.

Table 6-4 Description of the process modes

Process Mode Description

Overwrite items with duplicated

ID

Uses the item definition in the item file rather than the

local item definition with the same ID.

Ignore items with duplicated ID Keeps the original item definition, but the item ID in

the import item file is the same as the original item.

Save item with duplicated ID as a

new one

Retains the name unchanged for the item to be

imported, and assigns a new ID.

Step 3 Click .

The Open dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-5.

Page 77: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 6 Performance Indicator Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-7

Figure 6-5 Open dialog box

Step 4 Select the item file to be imported, and then click Open.

----End

6.4 Exporting Items

To export the items, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select one item or press Ctrl to select multiple items in the Performance items management

tab, and select Add to Export List on the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 6-6.

Figure 6-6 Add to Export List on the shortcut menu

Page 78: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

6 Performance Indicator Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

6-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

The Export Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-7.

Figure 6-7 Export Options dialog box

Step 2 Select the export mode according to Table 6-5.

Table 6-5 Description of the export modes

Export Mode Description

Export all custom defined items Exports all user-defined items

Export selected items Exports the selected items. Click Remove or Remove

All to delete the items in the Select item list.

Step 3 Click Export.

The Save As dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-8.

Page 79: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 6 Performance Indicator Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-9

Figure 6-8 Save As dialog box

Step 4 Select the path and type a file name.

Step 5 Click Save to export the selected items.

----End

Page 80: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

6 Performance Indicator Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

6-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

6.5 Creating a User-Defined Item

To create a user-defined item, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click on the toolbar or select New on the shortcut menu in the Performance items

management window, as shown in Figure 6-9.

Figure 6-9 New on the shortcut menu

Page 81: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 6 Performance Indicator Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-11

The Custom items dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-10.

Figure 6-10 Custom Items dialog box

Step 2 Enter the general information on items.

Page 82: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

6 Performance Indicator Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

6-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 6-6 describes the items on the General tab page.

Table 6-6 Items on the General tab page

Item Description

Item Name Name of an item.

Metric Metric for the item, for example, times, Erl, and

percentage

Description Description of the item. It is optional.

Alias Alias for the item.

Integer/Float Data type for the item, integer, or float.

Category Object Type Type of the item.

Measure Set Measure set to which the item belongs.

Measure Unit Measure unit to which the item belongs.

Formula Formula of the item, which is automatically displayed

after you type the formula on the Formula tab.

NOTE

For example, if the formula is <Item1> + <Item2>, you can

infer that this item is the sum of Item1 and Item2.

Step 3 Click the Formula tab, and then type the formula.

The Formula tab is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-11.

Page 83: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 6 Performance Indicator Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-13

Figure 6-11 Formula tab

The Formula box is located on the left of the Formula tab. You can type a calculation

formula for the item by using one of the following two modes:

Text mode

Type a calculation formula in the Formula box.

Graphical mode

Double-click the items selected from the item tree on the right of the window. When you

need to add an operator, click the operator buttons, such as + and -.

SQL Example shows the SQL query calculation formula corresponding to the current

calculation formula. When the entered formula is wrong, the error information is displayed.

NOTE When you save the entered calculation formula containing a non-original item, the non-original item is

expanded to a calculation formula constituted by original items. Therefore, when you view the new

defined formula, the formula format may be inconsistent with the formula format that you type.

Step 4 Click the General tab.

The Formula field shows the formula of the items, as shown in Figure 6-12.

Page 84: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

6 Performance Indicator Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

6-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 6-12 Formula field

Step 5 Click OK.

The added item is displayed in the Performance items management window.

----End

6.6 Editing a User-Defined Item

NOTE You can edit only user-defined items.

To edit a user-defined item, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a user-defined item, and then click on the toolbar or select Edit on the shortcut

menu, as shown in Figure 6-13.

Page 85: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 6 Performance Indicator Management

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-15

Figure 6-13 Edit on the shortcut menu

The Item property dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-14.

Figure 6-14 Item property dialog box

Step 2 In the Item property dialog box, modify the information on the item.

Page 86: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

6 Performance Indicator Management

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

6-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

You can modify all information except the item type.

For detailed settings, see section 6.5 "Creating a User-Defined Item."

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

6.7 Deleting a User-Defined Item

NOTE You can delete only user-defined items.

Step 1 Select one or press Ctrl to select multiple user-defined items, and then click on the

toolbar or select Delete on the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 6-15.

Figure 6-15 Delete on the shortcut menu

Step 2 Click Yes in the displayed Confirm dialog box.

After the deletion, the item is removed from the Item information pane.

NOTE If the item to be deleted is included in other items, the item is removed from other items simultaneously.

----End

Page 87: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-1

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

7.1 Introduction to the Traffic

Statistic Analysis

How to use the performance analysis function.

7.2 Introduction to the Entrance to

Performance Query

How to use the performance query function.

7.3 Introduction to the Iub

Brandwidth Utilization Analysis

How to use the network bottleneck analysis function

when the version of the RNC is the V18 or an earlier

version.

7.4 Introduction to the TopN How to use the TopN query function.

7.5 Introduction to the

Customized Performance Theme

How to use the customized performance theme

function.

7.6 Introduction to the

Customized TopN Theme

How to use the customized performance theme

function.

7.7 Introduction to the CHR

Analysis

How to use the CHR analysis function.

Page 88: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

7.1 Introduction to the Traffic Statistic Analysis

To know the network performance more clearly, you need to obtain and analyze the

performance data during busy hours for more than one week. In addition, you must observe

whether any item fluctuates obviously or any exceptional situation appears when the

equivalent user number of each service is stable.

The network performance analysis is used to locate and analyze problems from a large to a

small scale.

Analysis scale:

The analysis scale is from RNC overall performance and cluster performance to Cell

performance.

Horizontal analysis:

The horizontal analysis is from one KPI (Key Performance Index) to another KPI.

Vertical analysis:

The vertical analysis is from the master KPI to the related Performance Indicators (PIs).

In this way, the data can be filtered gradually and analyzed in detail.

The Nastar is an intelligent system, integrating the wireless network optimization of Huawei.

Figure 7-1 shows the network optimization process.

Figure 7-1 Network optimization process of the Nastar

Original dataD

ata filteringMajor task

Step 1: Define Cluster

Step 2: Analyze RNC/Cluster

Step 3: Locate the worst cell

Step 4: Filter KPI

Data excavation

Step 5: Locate the fault

Step 6: Trace the original data

Optimize the network

To define Clusters in the digital map or manuallydefined hot spot areas to meet the servicedemands

According to the performance themes of Nastar, toview the overall condition of RNC or Cluster and todiscover problems.

To determine the worst cells through TopN query,using the secondary theme query or Cluster locationfunction

To filter the KPI/PI abnormal Counter for worstcells, using the secondary query function again

To analyze the Counter items that cause bad KPI

To determine the RAN fault type

According to the fault type, to view the originaldata trend, analyze the fault and locate the sourceof fault, using the trend chart function.

Page 89: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-3

7.2 Introduction to the Entrance to Performance Query

To solve the problems of network performance, the Nastar provides more than 30 theme

analysis, covering the following six categories of network performance and failure analysis:

Traffic analysis

RRC setup analysis

RAB setup analysis

Mobility management analysis

Call drop analysis

Resource analysis.

To display the theme analysis functions, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Expand the WCDMA Performance Analysis node in the Trouble Shooting pane.

Step 2 Expand the Performance Query node on the navigation tree.

The Performance Query node is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-2.

Figure 7-2 Performance Query node

----End

7.2.1 Using the Performance Query

To query the performance, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Performance Query node under a specific sub-node, or right-click the

sub-node and choose Execute from the shortcut menu.

Page 90: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

The Query dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-3.

Figure 7-3 Query dialog box

Step 2 On the Time Range tab page, set the date, time range, and statistic style

Table 7-1 describes the items on the Time Range tab of the Query dialog box.

Page 91: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-5

Table 7-1 Time Range tab of the Query dialog box

Item Description

Date Sets the start date and end date to be queried.

Time All Day Time Selects All Day Time to query the data of whole

day.

Busy Time Selects Busy Hour to query the data during busy

hours.

NOTE

Click Modify Busy Time…to open the Busy Time

Modify dialog box. Set the busy time on the displayed

Busy Time Modify dialog box. You can set up to three

time ranges.

Auto-Search Busy

Time

Selects Auto-Search Busy Time based on the

selected traffic statistic type to query the data of

the auto-searched busy time.

Time Statistics

Granularity

Fixed Statistics

Style

Uses a fixed statistics style.

For details, see Table 7-2.

Custom Style Uses a custom style.

For details, see Table 7-3.

Table 7-2 Description of a fixed statistics style

Fixed Statistics Style Description

Raw record unit Analyzes statistics by imported raw data.

Hour Analyzes statistics by an hour.

Day Analyzes statistics by a day.

Week Analyzes statistics by a week.

Month Analyzes statistics by a month.

Over all Analyzes statistics by all data.

Table 7-3 Description of a custom style

Custom Style Description

Hour Types a numerical value.

Analyzes statistics by an hour.

Week Sets the day during a week.

Analyzes statistics based on the selected day.

Page 92: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Custom Style Description

Month Sets the date during a month.

Analyzes statistics based on the selected date.

NOTE Select the statistics style based on the data period to be observed. For example, select Day to view the

data during a day. To view the NE objects' performance during a period or to sort the NE objects, select

Over all to view the objects more clearly.

Step 3 Click the Query Object tab, and then select the object type and the query object.

Table 7-4 describes the items on the Query Object tab page.

Table 7-4 Items on the Query Object tab page

Item Description

Object Type Network Element Selects Network Element to query objects

by an NE.

Network Group Selects Network Group to query objects by

an NE Group.

NOTE

Query Option is available only when Network

Group is selected.

Query Option Network Group as

Query Object

Sets an NE group as the object to be queried.

Element of Network

Group as Query Object

Sets an NE as the object to be queried.

Step 4 Click OK.

The query result is generated, as shown in Figure 7-4.

Page 93: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-7

Figure 7-4 Theme query result

----End

Table 7-5 describes the function of each icon on the toolbar.

Table 7-5 Function of each icon on the toolbar

Icon Description

Enhances the display speed when there are too many result records. The table

shows 2000 records by default.

Click to view the next 2000 records.

Shows all records.

Click to view all records.

Draws a pie chart.

Click to display the result records by a pie chart.

Draws a line chart.

Click to display the result records by a line chart.

Page 94: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Icon Description

Draws a bar style chart.

Click to display the result records in a bar style chart.

Sets the drawing information.

Ensure that you have set the drawing information before drawing a chart.

For details, see section 7.2.2 "Setting the Drawing Information."

Performs the secondary query.

For details, see section 7.2.3 "Using the Theme Secondary Query."

Analyzes the item trend based on the current result.

For details, see section 7.2.4 "Analyzing the Item Trend."

Displays the query result on map.

For details, see section 7.2.5 "Displaying the Performance Query on a Map."

Exports the result into an .xls file.

7.2.2 Setting the Drawing Information

Ensure that you have set the drawing information before drawing a chart.

To set the drawing information, perform the following steps:

Step 1 In the theme query result window, click on the toolbar.

The Drawing Style Setting dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-5.

Page 95: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-9

Figure 7-5 Drawing Style Setting dialog box

The Drawing Style Setting dialog box contains the following three tabs:

Line Setting

Bar Setting

Pie Setting

Step 2 Click a tab of the three and select the items in the Items list.

Click OK.

Step 3 After the setting, click the draw icon on the toolbar to display the corresponding chart.

----End

Page 96: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

7.2.3 Using the Theme Secondary Query

You can perform secondary query on the query result of a theme. Themes provided by

secondary query are used to elaborate and explain the current themes. With the theme

secondary query, you can conveniently analyze the specific problem objects and locate the

faulty items.

To perform the secondary query, perform the following steps:

Step 1 In the theme query result window, click .

The Forward dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-6.

Figure 7-6 Forward dialog box

Table 7-6 describes the items in the Forward dialog box.

Table 7-6 Items in the Forward dialog box

Item Description

Avail Object Selects the object to be queried.

Load Query theme Provides the secondary query performance themes. Load Query

theme is optional.

Load TopN theme Provides the secondary query TopN themes. Load TopN theme is

optional.

Page 97: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-11

Item Description

Configuration Click Configuration..., the Forward Theme Setting...dialog box

is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-7. Manually modify and

configure the query object for secondary query in the Forward

Theme Setting...dialog box.

Figure 7-7 Forward theme Setting... dialog box

Step 2 Select the query object, secondary query theme, or secondary TopN theme.

After the setting, the description of the current theme and secondary forward theme is

displayed. For details, see the Description field of the Forward dialog box.

Step 3 Confirm the setting and click OK.

----End

Page 98: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

NOTE Select TopN query to query the worst cell of a query theme and performance theme to analyze the failure

causes for the current object in detail. The secondary query is not limited in query times. You can

perform secondary query repeatedly until the worst cell and worst item are located. For the worst cell

analysis, see 7.4 "Introduction to the TopN."

7.2.4 Analyzing the Item Trend

Use the item trend analysis function to check the historical trend of the item.

To analyze the item trend, perform the following steps:

Step 1 On the theme query result window, click .

The Add Info to Trend Chart dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-8.

Figure 7-8 Add Info to Trend Chart dialog box

Step 2 Select the items to be viewed in the Avail Item list and select one or multiple NEs in the

Avail Objects list.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Item Trend Chart window is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-9.

Page 99: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-13

Figure 7-9 Item Trend Chart window

Table 7-7describes the items on the Item Trend Chart tab page.

Table 7-7 Items on the Item Trend Chart tab page

Item Description

Item Tree Displays the query objects and items.

Line chart Displays item trend in line chart.

Point chart Displays item trend point chart.

Toolbar Displays or hides the line chart.

Displays or hides the point chart.

Clears the contents of the line chart and point chart.

Adds a cell node to the Item Tree.

Adds a cell group node to the Item Tree.

Sets date and time.

Page 100: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Step 4 Select an item from the Performance Items node of the Item Tree pane and drag the selected

item to the chart area.

The item trend chart of the selected item is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-10.

Figure 7-10 Item Trend Chart

The line chart and point chart have the same time axis, so you can concurrently observe the

item relation of the trend.

Drag the right mouse to move the two charts at the same time.

Drag the mouse to expand or shrink the chart.

----End

7.2.5 Displaying the Performance Query on a Map

NOTE The function of displaying the performance query on map is only available when the query result is

obtained by the cell as a query object. The function is unavailable in the result window if the result is

generated by other query objects.

To display the performance query on a map, perform the following steps:

Page 101: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-15

Step 1 Select a performance item value of a cell on the Cell RRC Setup Analysis tab page, as

shown in Figure 7-11.

Figure 7-11 Cell RRC Setup Analysis tab

Step 2 In the theme query result window, click .

The Query On Map Color Setting dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-12.

Page 102: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-12 Query On Map Color Setting dialog box

Table 7-8 describes the items in the Query On Map Color Setting dialog box.

Table 7-8 Items in the Query On Map Color Setting dialog box

Item Description

Color setting auto setting If auto setting is selected, select the start color and

end color in the start color and end color fields.

manual setting Set the start color and end color manually.

Range setting No. Indicates the number of the range.

Legend Indicates the legend of the range.

Range lower Indicates the lower limit of the range.

Range upper Indicates the upper limit of the range.

Color Sets the corresponding color of the range.

Double-click the color of a range on the Color

column to set color.

Click to add a range to the left.

Page 103: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-17

Item Description

Select a range, and click to delete the

range.

Set range number Sets the number of ranges.

For example, if you type 10 in the textbox and

click , 10 ranges are displayed in the

Range Setting.

Set min and max manual Sets the maximum and minimum values of the

range manually.

Select manual, double-click the value of Range

lower column and Range upper column in Range

setting and modify the value manually.

auto get Gets the maximum and minimum values of the

range automatically according to the program data.

customize Customizes the max and min values of the range.

Step 3 Set the start color, end color, range, and maximum and minimum value of the range, and then

click Apply to save or click OK to save the settings.

Based on the settings of the Query On Map Color Setting dialog box, the cell is classified

and highlighted by range, as shown in Figure 7-13.

Figure 7-13 Display performance query displayed on map

Page 104: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

----End

7.3 Introduction to the Iub Brandwidth Utilization Analysis

In case that the traffic of the entire network is heavy, field engineers analyze the bottleneck

through the Iub bandwidth utilization and provide network optimization strategies on

hardware expansion and integration and optimization of the network resource accordingly.

You can analyze the Iub bandwidth utilization only when the RNC version is V18 or an earlier

one.

The function of analyzing the Iub bandwidth utilization is different from other performance

query. To analyze the Iub bandwidth utilization, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the IUB Usability Analysis node.

Step 2 On the Time Range tab page, set the date, time range, and statistic style

Step 3 Click the Query Object tab. And then select the object type and the query object.

Step 4 Click OK.

For details about the description of the items on the Time Range and Query Object tab pages, see

section 7.2.1 "Using the Performance Query."

The query result is generated, as shown in Figure 7-14.

Page 105: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-19

Figure 7-14 Theme query result

The query result consists of the following two parts:

Indicator of the Iub bandwidth utilization for an RNC

Indicators of the Iub bandwidth utilization for all the NodeBs under the RNC

If no data exists under an indicator or the NodeB is configured with WRSS fiber board, - is displayed in

the result.

----End

7.4 Introduction to the TopN Query

Use TopN query to query the worst (the most optimized) cell of a certain NE range.

To perform the TopN query, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click a sub-node of the TOPN Query node.

The TopN Query dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-15.

Page 106: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-15 TopN Query dialog box

Step 2 Set the query date, time, statistic style, and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

Page 107: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-21

The query result is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-16.

Figure 7-16 TopN query result

Table 7-9 describes the items on the TopN query result tab page.

Table 7-9 Items on the TopN query result tab page

Item Description

Query result Each page lists the top 10 worst cells based on the KPI or PI.

The worst cells are ranged in ascending or descending order

based on the first item on the query result screen. The other items

indicate the KPI or PI of this sort.

Toolbar

Displays or hides the chart.

Click to display the result by chart, as shown in Figure 7-17.

Displays the chart information.

Click to display the Chart Property panel, as show in

Figure 7-17

Indicates that Secondary query based on the current query result.

Analyzes the item trend.

Page 108: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Exports results in an .xls file.

Figure 7-17 Chart on the TopN query result screen

7.5 Introduction to the Customized Performance Theme

7.5.1 Customizing Performance Theme Query

To customize the performance theme query, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Performance Query node.

The Query Type dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-18.

Page 109: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-23

Figure 7-18 Query Type dialog box

Step 2 Select a query type, and click OK.

The Performance Query dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-19.

Figure 7-19 Performance Query dialog box

Page 110: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 7-10 describes the items in the Performance Query dialog box.

Table 7-10 Items in the Performance Query dialog box

Item Description

Query Items Query Items List Lists the current items.

If the item is selected, the item is

displayed in the result window.

If the item is not selected, the item is

not displayed in the result window.

Button Selects an item.

Click to move the selected

item to the previous position.

Selects an item.

Click to move the selected

item to the next position.

Selects all items.

Clears all items.

Reverses all selected items.

Click ,

and the Query List Setting dialog box

is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-20 .

Then select the items to be queried in

the Query List Setting dialog box.

The selected items are displayed in

Query Item List.

Click ,

and the Query Filter Condition

dialog box is displayed, as shown in

Figure 7-21.

Then manually type the filtering

conditions or use the button to set the

filtering conditions in the Query Filter

Condition dialog box.

After the query filter condition is set,

only the records that satisfy the

filtering conditions are displayed in the

result window.

Time Range For details about the Time Range tab,

see Table 7-1.

Query Object For details about the Query Object

tab, see Table 7-4.

Page 111: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-25

Figure 7-20 Query List Setting dialog box

Figure 7-21 Query Filter Condition dialog box

Page 112: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 7-11 Items in the Query Filter Condition dialog box

Item Description

Operator Sets the operator, including AND and OR.

Field Selects the item.

Condition Selects the compared operator.

Limit Value Types the condition.

Click Add to add this condition to the text box.

Adds left or right parentheses.

Checks whether the filter condition in the text box is valid or not.

Clears the filter condition in the text box.

Step 3 Set the items to be queried and the filtering conditions on the Query Items tab.

Step 4 Set the begin date, end date, time, and statistic style on the Time Range tab.

Step 5 Set the NE objects to be queried on the Query Object tab.

Step 6 Click OK.

----End

The Query Result tab is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-22.

Page 113: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-27

Figure 7-22 Query Result tab

7.5.2 Creating a Performance Theme

To create a performance theme, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select the Performance Query node or a sub-node of the Performance Query node, and

then choose New Perf Func from the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 7-23.

Figure 7-23 New Perf Func on the shortcut menu

Page 114: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

The Query Type dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-24.

Figure 7-24 Query Type dialog box

Step 2 Select a query type, and then click OK.

The New dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-25.

NOTE The usage of the buttons on the New dialog box is similar to that of the buttons in the Performance

Query dialog box, as described in Table 7-10.

Page 115: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-29

Figure 7-25 New dialog box

Step 3 Select the items, set filtering conditions for the items, and then type a theme name in the

Name field.

Step 4 Click OK.

The new performance theme is displayed on the navigation tree as a sub-node of the

Performance Query node.

----End

7.5.3 Editing a Performance Theme

To edit a performance theme, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a theme node from the Performance Query node, and then choose Edit Perf Fun on

the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 7-26.

Page 116: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-26 Edit Perf Fun on the shortcut menu

The Query Edit dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-27.

NOTE The usage of the buttons on the Query Items dialog box is similar to that of the buttons in the

Performance Query dialog box, as described in Table 7-10.

Figure 7-27 Query Edit dialog box

Page 117: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-31

Step 2 Select the items, set filtering conditions for the items, and type a theme name in the Name

field.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

7.5.4 Deleting a Performance Theme

To delete a performance theme, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a theme node from the Performance Query node and select Delete Perf Fun on the

shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 7-28.

Figure 7-28 Delete Perf Fun on the shortcut menu

NOTE Ensure that the selected node has no sub-node.

Step 2 Click Yes on the displayed dialog box.

----End

Select the Performance Query node and choose Clear All on the shortcut menu to remove

all the themes from the Performance Query node.

7.5.5 Exporting a Performance Item

To export a performance item, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a theme node from the Performance Query node and then choose Export Perf Func

on the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 7-29.

The Save As dialog box is displayed.

Page 118: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-32 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-29 Export Perf Func on the shortcut menu

Step 2 Select a path, and type the file name.

Step 3 Click Save.

The program exports the selected node and the sub-nodes to a file.

----End

Select the Performance Query node and select Export on the shortcut menu to export all the

themes of Performance Query node.

7.5.6 Importing a Performance Item

To import a performance item, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a theme node from the Performance Query node and then choose Import Perf Func

on the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 7-30.

The Open dialog box is displayed.

Page 119: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-33

Figure 7-30 Import Perf Func on the shortcut menu

Step 2 Select the file to be imported, and click Open.

----End

NOTE If the item to be imported already exists, the Import dialog box is displayed, prompting you to choose

Overwrite or Skip.

Select the Performance Query node and select Import on the shortcut menu to import the

theme.

7.6 Introduction to the Customized TopN Theme

7.6.1 Customizing TopN Query

To customize the TopN Theme Query, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the TopN Query node.

The TopN Query dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-31.

Page 120: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-34 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-31 TopN Query dialog box

Table 7-12 describes the items in the TopN Query dialog box.

Table 7-12 Items in the TopN Query dialog box

Item Description

Query Items Query Items List Lists the current cell items.

If the item is selected, the item is

displayed in the result window.

If the item is not selected, the item is not

displayed in the result window

Button Selects an item.

Click to move the selected item

upwards.

Selects an item.

Click to move the selected item

downwards.

Page 121: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-35

Item Description

Selects all items.

Clears all items.

Inverts all items.

Click , and

the Query List Setting dialog box is

displayed, as shown in Figure 7-20 .

Then select the items to be queried in the

Query List Setting dialog box.

The selected items are displayed in Query

Items List.

Time Range For details of the Time Range tab, see

Table 7-1.

Query Object For details of the Query Object tab, see

Table 7-4.

TopN

Property

Set N Value Sets the numbers for sorted items.

For example, type10 in the Set N Value,

10 cells are displayed in the window after

filtered.

Items. Displays all items and the sort order.

Modify the ascending or descending order

through Order Type.

Display related items of

sorted

Displays the related items.

Select Display related items of sorted and

click Related items setting..., the Related

Item Setting dialog box is displayed, as

shown in Figure 7-32.

Select the item in the Ordered Item on the

left and select the related items of an item

in the cell tree list on the right.

Page 122: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-36 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-32 Related Item Setting dialog box

Step 2 Click OK in the Related Item Setting dialog box.

----End

The TopN Query screen is generated based on the items of each cell. If the related items of

an item are selected on the TopN Property tab, the result of the related items is also

generated, as shown in Figure 7-33.

Figure 7-33 TopN Query screen

7.6.2 Creating a TopN Theme

To create a TopN theme, perform the following steps:

Page 123: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-37

Step 1 Expand the TopN Query node. Select a sub-node of the TopN Query node and choose New

TopN Func on the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 7-34.

The New dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-35.

Figure 7-34 New TopN Func on the shortcut menu

Figure 7-35 New dialog box

Page 124: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-38 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Step 2 Select the items to be queried on the Query Items tab.

For details of the Query Items tab, see Table 7-12.

Step 3 Set the sort type, select related items, and type a name for the new theme on the TopN

Property tab.

For details of the TopN Property tab, see Table 7-12.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

7.6.3 Editing a TopN Theme

To edit a TopN theme, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a theme node from the TopN Query node and choose Edit TopN Func on the shortcut

menu, as shown in Figure 7-36.

Figure 7-36 Edit TopN Func on the shortcut menu

The Edit TopN Edit dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-37.

Page 125: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-39

Figure 7-37 Edit TopN Function dialog box

Step 2 Select the items to be queried on the Query Items tab.

For details of the Query Items tab, see Table 7-12.

Step 3 Set the sort type, select related items, and then type a name for the new theme on the TopN

Property tab.

For the details of TopN Property tab, see Table 7-12.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

7.6.4 Deleting a TopN Theme

To delete a TopN theme, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a theme node from TopN Query node and choose Delete TopN Func on the shortcut

menu, as shown in Figure 7-38.

Page 126: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-40 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-38 Delete TopN Func on the shortcut menu

Step 2 Click Yes in the displayed dialog box.

Select the TopN Query node and choose Clear All on the shortcut menu to remove all the

themes from the TopN Query node.

----End

7.6.5 Exporting a TopN Item

To export a TopN item, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a theme node from the TopN Query node and choose Export TopN Func on the

shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 7-39.

Figure 7-39 Export TopN Func on the shortcut menu

The Save AS dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-40.

Page 127: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-41

Figure 7-40 Save As dialog box

Step 2 Select a path and enter the file name.

Step 3 Click Save.

The program exports the selected node and the sub-nodes to a file.

----End

Select the TopN Query node and choose Export on the shortcut menu to export all themes of

the TopN Query node.

7.6.6 Importing a TopN Item

To import a TopN item, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select the TOPN Query node and choose Import on the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure

7-41.

Page 128: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-42 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-41 Import on the shortcut menu

The Open dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-42.

Figure 7-42 Open dialog box

Step 2 Select the file to be imported, and click Open.

----End

Page 129: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-43

7.7 Introduction to the CHR Analysis

7.7.1 Introducing the Functions of CHR Analysis

CHR Analysis helps network optimization engineers to analyze and locate problems of the

network by viewing the detailed information on the CHR data.

You need to import the CHR data to perform the CHR analysis function. This function is a

sub-function of the traffic statistic analysis. In addition, this function has a sub-function, that

is, SPU Subscribers Log Analysis.

The function node is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-43.

Figure 7-43 CHR analysis function node

7.7.2 Analyzing SPU Subscriber's Log

To analyze an SPU subscriber's log, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the SPU Subscribers Log Analysis node.

The Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-44.

Page 130: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-44 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 7-44 Options dialog box

Table 7-13 describes the items in the Options dialog box.

Table 7-13 Items in the Options dialog box

Item Description

Time Indicates the time range of the query.

Filter Fault Type Indicates that the fault type of the query.

All fault types in the Available Type list are selected by default.

Filter Subscribers Indicates that the subscribers of the query.

All subscribers in the Available Subscribers list are selected by

default.

Filter Procedure Indicates that the procedures of the query.

All procedures in the Procedure list are selected by default.

Page 131: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-45

Item Description

Filter Cells Indicates the cells to be queried.

All cells in the Available Cells list are selected by default.

Step 2 Click OK.

The SPU Log Analysis screen is displayed, as shown in Figure 7-45.

Figure 7-45 SPU Log Analysis screen

The SPU Log Analysis screen consists of five parts, as described in Figure 7-13.

Page 132: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

7 Traffic Statistic Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

7-46 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 7-14 describes the items in the SPU Log Analysis window.

Table 7-14 Items in the SPU Log Analysis window

Item Description

Main information pane On the top left of the SPU Log Analysis window, the basic

information on CHR data, such as time, UE, cell, and fault

type, is displayed.

Click a record in the main information pane, the relevant

records are simultaneously shown in the other panes of the

SPU Log Analysis screen.

Context log pane On the top right of the SPU Log Analysis window, the

record ID, time, and instance number are displayed.

Click a record in the context log pane, the relevant records

are simultaneously shown in the dot information and

special information pane, and dot information parse pane.

Dot information and special

information pane

On the lower left of the SPU Log Analysis window, the

dot information and special information is displayed.

Dot information parse pane On the lower right of the SPU Log Analysis window, the

detailed dot information is displayed.

Click a record in the main information pane, the relevant

parse contents are simultaneously shown in the dot

information parse pane.

Toolbar

Exports the result to an .xls file.

----End

Page 133: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-1

8 Report

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

8.1 Performance Report The report types, editing methods, and how to use the

reports.

8.2 Network Monitor Report The procedure for generating a network monitor report.

8.3 Network Bottleneck

Report

The procedure for generating a network bottleneck

analysis report.

8.4 Network Shift Report The procedure for generating a network shift report.

8.5 U-Net Report The procedure for generating a U-Net report.

8.1 Performance Report

8.1.1 Performance Report Introduction

The performance reports are classified into five types, as listed in Table 8-1.

Table 8-1 Report type

Report Type Description

RNC level RNC Daily Report RNC daily report

RNC Weekly Report RNC weekly report

RNC Monthly Report RNC monthly report

Cell level Cluster Daily Report Cluster daily report

Cluster Weekly Report Cluster weekly report

Page 134: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

To enable the report function, perform one of the following operations:

Double-click a report node in the navigator tree of the Trouble Shooting pane, as shown

in Figure 8-1.

Click a report icon in the Network Monitoring pane, as shown in Figure 8-2.

Figure 8-1 Trouble Shooting pane

Figure 8-2 Network Monitoring pane

Page 135: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-3

8.1.2 Generating a Performance Report

Generating an RNC Performance Report

To generate an RNC performance report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click an RNC performance report node.

The Generate Performance Report dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-3.

Figure 8-3 Generate Performance Report dialog box - RNC performance report

Table 8-2 describes the Generate Performance Report dialog box.

Table 8-2 Generate Performance Report dialog box - RNC performance report

Item Description

Select file path to export

performance report

Set the save path for the performance report.

Page 136: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Select Areas Select RNCs to be queried. If the report type is Cluster

Daily Report or Cluster Weekly Report, you need to

click Edit cluster areas to create a cell group.

Date Set the start time and end time of the query.

Time All Day Time Select All Day Time to query the data of the whole

day.

Busy Time Select Busy Time to query the data during busy hours.

NOTE

Click Modify Busy Time…to open the Busy Time Modify

dialog box. Set the busy time in the displayed Busy Time

Modify dialog box. You can set up to three time ranges.

NOTE For a weekly report and a monthly report, the Time field in the Generate Performance Report dialog

box is disabled.

Step 2 Select a path and select the objects to be queried.

Step 3 Set the date and time.

Step 4 Click OK.

The RNC performance report is generated, as shown in Figure 8-4.

Figure 8-4 RNC performance report

----End

Page 137: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-5

Generating a Cluster Performance Report

To generate a cluster performance report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click a cluster performance report node, the Cluster Daily Report node or the

Cluster Weekly Report node.

The Generate Performance Report dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-5.

Figure 8-5 Generate Performance Report dialog box—cluster performance report

Table 8-3 describes the Generate Performance Report dialog box.

Table 8-3 Generate Performance Report dialog box—cluster performance report

Item Description

Select file path to export performance

report

Set the save path for the performance report.

Select Areas Report include one

cluster only

If Report includes one cluster only is selected,

select multiple cell groups in the cell group list to

generate a report for each cell group.

If Report include one cluster only is not

selected, only one report is generated.

Page 138: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Click Edit cluster areas. In the displayed New

dialog box, type cell names and select cells to

create a cell group.

Cell group list Select the cell groups to be queried.

Date Set the start time and end time of the query.

Time All Day Time Select All Day Time to query the data of the

whole day.

Busy Time Select Busy Time to query the data during busy

hours.

NOTE

Click Modify Busy Time…to open the Busy Time

Modify dialog box. Set the busy time in the displayed

Busy Time Modify dialog box. You can set up to three

time ranges.

NOTE For a weekly report and a monthly report, the Time field in the Generate Performance Report dialog

box is disabled.

Step 2 Select a path and select the cell group to be queried.

Step 3 Set the date and time.

Step 4 Click OK.

The cluster performance report is generated, as shown in Figure 8-6.

Page 139: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-7

Figure 8-6 Cluster performance report

----End

8.1.3 Creating a Performance Report

To create a performance report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Right-click the Performance Report node and choose New from the shortcut menu, as

shown in Figure 8-7.

Figure 8-7 New on the shortcut menu

Page 140: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

The New Report Dialog dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-8.

Figure 8-8 New Report Dialog dialog box

Table 8-4 describes the items in the New Report Dialog dialog box.

Table 8-4 Items in the New Report Dialog dialog box

Item Description

Report Name Type a name for the new report.

Based Report Type Select a report type which a new report is based on. The following

six types of reports are available:

Customize RNC Daily Report

Customize RNC Weekly Report

Customize RNC Monthly Report

Customize Cluster Daily Report

Customize Cluster Weekly Report

Customize Network Shift Report

Step 2 Type a name in the Report Name field, and select a report type in the Based Report Type

drop-down list.

Step 3 Click OK.

The new report is listed under the Performance Report node, as shown in Figure 8-9.

Page 141: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-9

Figure 8-9 User-defined report

NOTE If the new report has the same name as the formerly created report in the Performance Report node, the

system prompts you to rename the new report.

----End

Page 142: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

8.1.4 Importing a Report

To import a performance report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Right-click the Performance Report node and choose Import from the shortcut menu, as

shown in Figure 8-10.

Figure 8-10 Import on the shortcut menu

The Customize Report Setting dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-11.

Figure 8-11 Customize Report Setting dialog box

Page 143: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-11

Table 8-5 describes the items in the Customize Report Setting dialog box.

Table 8-5 Items in the Customize Report Setting dialog box

Item Description

Report

Properties

Report Name Type a name for the customized report.

Based Report Type Select a report type for the report to be imported.

The types are as follows:

Customize RNC Daily Report

Customize RNC Weekly Report

Customize RNC Monthly Report

Customize Cluster Daily Report

Customize Cluster Weekly Report

Select Report

Data File

Config File Select the configuration file of the report to be

imported. The configuration file is in .xml format.

Template File Select the template file of the report to be

imported. The template file is in .xls format.

NOTE The type of the template to be imported must be consistent with the type of the configured report. For

example, if the report type is Customize Cluster Daily Report, the template type to be selected must be

Cluster Daily Report.

Step 2 Type a report name and select the report type.

Step 3 Respectively select the paths of report configuration file and template file.

Step 4 Click OK.

The imported report is displayed under the Performance Report node, as shown in Figure

8-12.

Page 144: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 8-12 Imported report displayed under the Performance Report node

----End

8.1.5 Exporting a Report

To export a performance report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Right-click a sub-node of the Performance Report node, and choose Export from the

shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 8-13.

Figure 8-13 Export on the shortcut menu

The Browse for Folder dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-14.

Page 145: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-13

Figure 8-14 Browse for Folder dialog box

Step 2 Select a path for saving the performance report.

Step 3 Click OK.

A folder is generated in the selected path and is named after the report. The folder comprises

two files: an .xml file and an .xls file.

----End

8.1.6 Deleting a Report

NOTE You can delete only the customized report created or imported by users. Do not delete the five original

reports.

To delete a performance report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Right-click a sub-node of the Performance Report node, and choose Delete from the

shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 8-15.

Page 146: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 8-15 Delete on the shortcut menu

A message is displayed prompting you to confirm the deletion, as shown in Figure 8-16.

Figure 8-16 Confirm dialog box

Step 2 Click Yes to delete the selected report.

----End

8.1.7 Creating a VIP Cluster

The cluster daily report, RNC daily report, and RNC weekly report respectively has a VIP

cluster. The VIP cluster refers to a cluster composed of a cell or a set of multiple cells that are

important to users.

To create a VIP cluster, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Choose System > NE Group Manager.

The Network Group tab page is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-17.

Page 147: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-15

Figure 8-17 Performance items management tab page

Step 2 Click on the toolbar of the Network Group dialog box

The New dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-18.

Figure 8-18 New dialog box

Page 148: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Step 3 Enter VIP Cluster in the Name field. The name is case insensitive.

Step 4 Select Cell Group in the Type drop-down list.

Step 5 Select a cell or multiple cells in the Network Elements list.

Step 6 Click OK.

----End

8.2 Network Monitor Report

To generate a network monitor report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click in the Network Monitoring pane, or double-click Network Monitor report

under the Performance Report node in the Trouble Shooting pane, as shown in Figure 8-19.

Figure 8-19 Network monitor report node

The Report Type dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-20.

Figure 8-20 Report Type dialog box

Page 149: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-17

Step 2 Select one of the following report types:

Engineer Level Report: indicates the situation of each item to be checked in details.

Project Manager Level Report: analyzes the entire network within the area.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Performance Monitoring Report dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-21.

Figure 8-21 Performance Monitoring Report dialog box

Table 8-6 describes the items in the Performance Monitoring Report dialog box.

Table 8-6 Items in the Performance Monitoring Report dialog box

Item Description

Select file path to export

performance report

Set the save path for the network monitor report.

Select Areas Select one or multiple RNCs to be queried.

Date Set the start time and end time.

Time All Day Time Select All Day Time to query the data of the whole

day.

Page 150: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Busy Time Select Busy Time to query the data during busy hours.

NOTE

Click Modify Busy Time…to open the Busy Time Modify

dialog box, as shown in Figure 8-22. Set the busy time in the

displayed Busy Time Modify dialog box. You can set up to

three time ranges.

Custom Time Customize the time period.

Figure 8-22 Busy Time Modify dialog box

Step 4 Set the query parameters.

Step 5 Click OK.

NOTE If you select multiple RNCs, the program generates a relevant report for each RNC.

The network performance monitoring report is generated, as shown in Figure 8-23.

Page 151: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-19

Figure 8-23 Network performance monitoring report

----End

8.3 Network Bottleneck Report

8.3.1 Introduction to the Network Bottleneck Report

The WCDMA is self-interference system. If the traffic volume increases, the network quality

declines. When the traffic volume reaches a specific amount, the network KPI comes to an

inflexion and the network quality declines dramatically. To timely find out the hidden problem

of the network before the network quality deteriorates, you need to take measures, such as

expanding the network in advance. Before predicting the network quality, you need to learn

the network traffic and usage of each resource.

Network bottleneck analysis report provides two functions to help network engineers to

analyze the network, as described in Table 8-7.

Page 152: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 8-7 Two functions of the network bottleneck analysis report

Function Description

Monitor Analyzes the network load from various perspectives to learn the load

situation of the network.

Forecast Forecasts the threshold of each resource based on the network scale

Forecasts the trend of each resource in the network.

Estimates which resource experiences congestion firstly based on the

future trend and intersection point of thresholds the resources, and

regards it as an important warning.

NOTE You need to import the data of at least three weeks for network bottleneck analysis to perform the

forecast function.

8.3.2 Generating a Network Bottleneck Analysis Report

To generate a network bottleneck analysis report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click Network Bottleneck Report under the Performance Report node in the

Trouble Shooting pane, as shown in Figure 8-24.

Figure 8-24 Network Bottleneck Report node

The NetBltNeckReport dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-25.

Page 153: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-21

Figure 8-25 NetBltNeckReport dialog box

Table 8-8 describes the items in the NetBltNeckReport dialog box.

Table 8-8 Items in the NetBltNeckReport dialog box

Item Description

Select file path

to export report

Select the path to store network bottleneck analysis report. The program

automatically names the report in WCDMA Network Bottleneck

Report_YYYY.MM.DD-YYYY.MM.DD_RNCID format . The

YYYY.MM.DD-YYYY.MM.DD indicates the time range set in the

NetBltNeckReport dialog box, and RNCID indicates the RNC ID

selected in the dialog box.

Select Areas Select the RNC to be queried. If multiple RNCs are selected, the

program generates a report for each object.

Date Set the start time and end time of the query.

Step 2 Select the path and RNCs, and set date.

Step 3 Click OK.

The network bottleneck analysis report is generated, as shown in Figure 8-26.

Page 154: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 8-26 Network bottleneck analysis report

----End

8.4 Network Shift Report

To generate a network shift report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click Network Shift Report under the Performance Report node in the Trouble

Shooting pane, as shown in Figure 8-27.

Figure 8-27 Network Shift Report node

Page 155: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-23

The Network Shift Report dialog is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-28.

Figure 8-28 Network Shift Report dialog box

Table 8-9 describes the items in the Network Shift Report dialog box.

Table 8-9 Items in the Network Shift Report dialog box

Item Description

Select file path to export net shift report Select a save path for the network shift report.

Select Areas RNC Select RNC(s) to be queried.

Cluster Select cell group(s) to be queried.

Date Set the start time and end time of the query.

Page 156: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Time All Day Time Select all day time.

Busy Time Select the busy time.

To modify the busy time, click Modify Busy

Time, and select busy time in the Busy Time

Modify dialog box. You can set up to three

busy time ranges.

Custom Time Customize the time range.

Step 2 Select the path, objects to be queried, and date and time.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Network Shift Report is generated, as shown in Figure 8-29.

Figure 8-29 Network Shift Report

Table 8-10 describes the sheets of the network shift report.

Page 157: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-25

Table 8-10 Sheets of the network shift report

Sheet Description

Cover Includes date range, time range, and statistic period of the report.

RNC Shows the result of the RNC object(s).

If the RNC is not selected in the Network Shift Report dialog box (as

shown in Figure 8-28), then the sheet(s) will not be generated.

Cluster Shows the result of the Cell Group object(s). If Cluster is not selected in

the Network Shift Report dialog box (as shown in Figure 8-28), then the

sheet(s) will not be generated.

----End

8.5 U-Net Report

8.5.1 Introduction to a U-Net Report

This function is designed mainly to support the network planning tool of the GENEX series,

namely, U-Net. The information on Nastar project and part of KPI measurement information

is provided to U-Net for analysis.

The following three types of data need to be imported for the export of the U-NET report:

Configuration parameter

Project parameter

Traffic statistic

8.5.2 Generating a U-Net Report

To generate a U-Net report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Choose Project > Export U-Net analysis report from the Project menu, as shown in Figure

8-30.

Figure 8-30 Export U-Net analysis report menu

Page 158: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

The Unet Report Query Option dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 8-31.

Figure 8-31 Unet Report Query Option dialog box

Table 8-11 describes the items in the Unet Report Query Option dialog box.

Table 8-11 Items in the Unet Report Query Option dialog box

Item Description

Select file path to export

Unet report

Set the save path for the report.

Select Areas Select RNCs to be queried. All current RNCs are listed in

the Select Areas field.

Date Set the start time and end time of the query.

Page 159: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 8 Report

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-27

Item Description

Time All Day Time The time range is a whole day.

Busy Time Select busy time. Click Modify Busy Time, and select busy

time in the Busy Time Modify dialog box. You can set up

to three busy time ranges.

Auto-Search

Busy Time

Search busy time based on traffic.

Step 2 Set the path and RNCs to be queried, and select the date and time.

Step 3 Click OK.

The U-Net report is generated, as shown in Figure 8-32.

Figure 8-32 U-Net report

8.6 Customized Report

Nastar has three kinds of resource can be customized.

1. Nastar customized counters can be defined by operator in item manager function.

2. Nastar customized performance Query Theme and TopN Query can be defined by operator

in trouble shooting page.

3. Nastar customized report need to be defined by Huawei. All releated counters in the report

can customized by operator.

Page 160: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

8 Report

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

8-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

These customize counters are added in item manager ,not in report.

Huawei engineer will add these releated counters from item manager to report .

Add counters to report is a complex and internal work, it just can support by Huawei. GENEX

Nastar WCDMA Customized Report function just can be offered as a service only.

----End

Page 161: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-1

9 Coverage Analysis

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

9.1 Introduction to the

Coverage Analysis

The data requirement for coverage analysis and the

entrance to coverage analysis function.

9.2 Setting Item Ranges The procedure for setting item ranges.

9.3 DL CPICH Coverage The procedures for analyzing DL CPICH coverage.

9.4 Link Quality The procedure for analyzing link quality.

9.5 Over-Coverage The procedure for analyzing over-area coverage.

9.6 Pilot Pollution The pilot pollution analysis.

Page 162: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

9.1 Introduction to the Coverage Analysis

The coverage analysis enables you to check the coverage quality of the base station by using

the analysis themes, as shown in Figure 9-1. The Coverage Analysis node consists of the

following analysis theme:

DL CPICH coverage analysis

Link quality analysis

Over-coverage analysis

Pilot pollution analysis

Figure 9-1 Coverage Analysis node

The coverage analysis requires the following data to be imported:

Configuration data: provides the configuration parameters of a cell.

Intelligent optimization system (IOS) data: comes from the IOS trace file and provides

the quality analysis data. You need to first import the IOS trace file, which is in .tmf

format. The name of an IOS file must starts with RNCID_, such as

RNC101_IOS_2008-01-01-01-11-01.tmf.

CHR data

Project parameter

9.2 Setting Item Ranges

9.2.1 Editing Item Range Colors

NOTE

The RSCP-Ec/Io Analysis function and the DL BLER-DL Tx Code Analysis function do not support the

functions of setting the item range and the corresponding color.

To set the item range colors, perform the following steps:

Page 163: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-3

Step 1 Right-click the RSCP Analysis node and choose Edit Item Range from the shortcut menu,

as shown in Figure 9-2.

Figure 9-2 Edit Item Range on the shortcut menu

The IOS Range Setup dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-3.

Figure 9-3 IOS Range Setup dialog box

Table 9-1 describes the items in the IOS Range Setup dialog box.

Page 164: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 9-1 Items in the IOS Range Setup dialog box

Item Description

Range >= Indicates that the lower limit of the range.

Double-click to edit.

< Indicates that the upper limit of the range.

Double-click to edit.

Color Indicates that the corresponding color of the range.

Double-click to edit.

Name Indicates that the name of the analysis.

Add Adds a new range.

Del Deletes a range.

Default Restores to the default settings.

NOTE If the value –1000 appears as the lower limit of the range, you can infer that the range is infinitely small.

In other functions, if the value 10000 appears, you can infer that the range is infinitely large.

Step 2 Double-click >= column and < column to edit the lower limit and upper limit.

Step 3 Double-click a grid in the Color column.

The Color dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-4.

Figure 9-4 Color dialog box

Page 165: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-5

Step 4 Select a color in Basic colors or click Define Custom Colors to add the user-defined colors.

And click OK in the Color dialog box.

Step 5 Click OK or Apply in the IOS Range Setup dialog box.

NOTE Click Apply to save the settings. Click OK to save the setting and close the IOS Range Setup dialog

box.

----End

9.2.2 Adding a Range

To add a range, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click Add in the IOS Range Setup dialog box.

A blank line is added to the last line in Range, as shown in Figure 9-5.

Figure 9-5 Adding a range

Step 2 Type the value in the upper limit and lower limit, and set the color.

Step 3 Click OK or Apply in the IOS Range Setup dialog box.

----End

9.2.3 Deleting a Range

To delete a range, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a range in the IOS Range Setup dialog box.

Step 2 Click Del.

Step 3 Click OK or Apply in the IOS Range Setup dialog box.

Page 166: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

----End

9.2.4 Restoring the Default Range

Click Default in the OS Range Setup dialog box to restore the default settings.

9.3 DL CPICH Coverage Analysis

The DL CPICH coverage analysis consists of the following sub-functions:

RSCP analysis

RSCP-Ec/Io analysis

Ec/Io analysis

9.3.1 RSCP Analysis

To analyze the RSCP, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the RSCP Analysis node.

The Query Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-6.

Figure 9-6 Query Options dialog box

Table 9-2 describes the items in the Query Options dialog box.

Page 167: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-7

Table 9-2 Items in the Query Options dialog box

Item Description

Select Time Range Sets the begin time and end time.

Select Object Network Elements Selects the NE objects to be queried.

Multi-Select Setting Selects the query mode. The following two query

modes are available:

Analyze each cell:

Set each NE as the query object, and analyze each

selected NE.

Analyze cluster:

Set all selected NEs as a whole for analysis.

NOTE

If Analyse each cell is selected, you can select a

maximum of five cells.

Step 2 Set the time range and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

The RSCP Analysis tab is generated, as shown in Figure 9-7.

Page 168: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 9-7 Result window of RSCP analysis

Table 9-3 describes the items on the RSCP Analysis tab page.

Table 9-3 Items on the RSCP Analysis tab page

Item Description

Toolbar Contains the Probability and Value text boxes.

When you edit one text box, the corresponding value is displayed in the

other text box. For example, if you type a value in the Probability text box,

the corresponding value is displayed in the Value text box. If you type a

value in the Value text box, the corresponding probability is displayed in

the Probability text box.

Chart Contains a chart view, displaying a PDF bar chart and a CDF line chart.

The PDF chart is a bar chart, and the CDF is a line chart.

The two charts share the horizontal axis representing the item range. The

PDF chart uses the left vertical axis while the CDF chart uses the right

vertical axis.

----End

Page 169: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-9

9.3.2 RSCP—Ec/Io Combined Distribution

To implement the RSCP—Ec/Io combined distribution, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the RSCP—Ec/Io Analysis node.

The Query Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-6.

Step 2 Set the time range and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

The RSCP—EcIo Analysis result is generated, as shown in Figure 9-8.

Figure 9-8 Result of the RSCP—Ec/Io combined distribution

Page 170: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 9-4 describes the items on the RSCP—EcIo Analysis tab page.

Table 9-4 Items on the RSCP—EcIo Analysis tab page

Item Description

Chart Sets the RSCP to the horizontal axis and sets Ec/Io as the

vertical axis of the chart.

----End

9.3.3 Ec/Io Analysis

To analyze the Ec/Io, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Ec/Io Analysis node.

The Query Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-6.

Step 2 Set the time range and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Ec/Io Analysis result tab page is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-9.

Figure 9-9 Ec/Io Analysis result tab page

Page 171: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-11

----End

9.4 Link Quality Analysis

9.4.1 DL BLER – DL Code Tx Analysis

To analyze the DL BLER-DL Code Tx, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the DL BLER – DL Code Tx Analysis node.

The Query Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-10.

Figure 9-10 Query Options dialog box

Table 9-5 describes the items in the Query Options dialog box.

Table 9-5 Items in the Query Options dialog box

Item Description

Select Time Range Time Range Set the begin time and end time.

Traffic Select the service type:

Voice service

Videotelephony service

Data service

Page 172: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Select Object tab Network Elements Select the NE objects to be queried.

Multi-Select Setting Select the query mode:

Analyze each cell:

Set each NE as the query object, and

analyze each selected NE.

Analyze cluster:

Set all selected NEs as a whole for analysis.

NOTE

When Analyse each cell is selected, you can

select a maximum of 5 cells.

Step 2 Set the time range and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

The DL BLER-DL Code Tx Analysis result tab page is generated, as shown in Figure 9-11.

Figure 9-11 DL BLER-DL Code Tx Analysis result tab page

----End

Page 173: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-13

9.4.2 DL Code Tx Analysis

To analyze the DL Code Tx, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the DL Code Tx Analysis node.

The Query Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-6.

Step 2 Set the time range and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

The DL Code Tx Analysis tab page is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-12.

Figure 9-12 DL Code Tx Analysis tab page

----End

9.4.3 UL UE Tx Analysis

To analyze the UL UE Tx, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the UL UE Tx Analysis node.

Page 174: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

The Query Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-6.

Step 2 Set the time range and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

The UL UE Tx Analysis tab page is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-13.

Figure 9-13 UL UE Tx Analysis tab page

----End

9.4.4 DL BLER Analysis

To analyze the DL BLER, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the DL BLER Analysis node.

The Query Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-10.

Step 2 Set the time range and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

Page 175: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-15

The DL BLER Analysis tab page is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-14.

Figure 9-14 DL BLER Analysis tab page

----End

9.5 Over-Coverage Analysis

The Over-Coverage Analysis node does not support any executive function. It has a

sub-node TP Analysis, which support the TP analysis.

To analyze the TP, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the TP Analysis node.

The Query Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-6.

Step 2 Set the time range and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

The TP Analysis tab page is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-15.

Page 176: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 9-15 Result window of TP Analysis

----End

9.6 Pilot Pollution Analysis

9.6.1 Setting Global Parameters

Before using the pilot pollution analysis function, you must set the global parameters that are

used for statistics and calculation of functional items. The global parameters are pre-stored in

the specified data table of the project database.

To set the global parameters, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Right-click the Pilot Pollution Analysis node, and choose Edit Pollution Parameters from

the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 9-16.

Page 177: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-17

Figure 9-16 Edit Pollution Parameters on shortcut menu

The Pilot Pollution Config dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-17.

Figure 9-17 Pilot Pollution Config dialog box

Table 9-6 describes the items in the Pilot Pollution Config dialog box.

Page 178: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Table 9-6 Items in the Pilot Pollution Config dialog box

Item Description

Time Range The program analyzes only the relevant record

data during the time range.

Threshold Cell RSCP Absolute

Threshold

The absolute threshold of the cell RSCP is

used to determine the pilot pollution.

The unit is dBm.

The default value is –95dBm.

Cell RSCP Relative

Threshold

The relative threshold of the cell RSCP is

used to determine the pilot pollution.

The unit is dB.

The default value is 5dB.

Pollution Cells

Minimum

Indicates the number of pilot pollution cells.

Value range: integer from 3 to 6.

Cell Pollution

Statistics Threshold

The cell pollution statistics threshold is used

to geographically analyze the pollution of the

whole cell.

The default value is 20.

Always show the dialog when start Pilot

Pollution Area Statistics

If the option is selected, the Pilot Pollution

Config dialog box is displayed each time

when you double-click the Pilot Pollution

Analysis node.

Step 2 Set the conditions in the Pilot Pollution Config dialog box.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

9.6.2 Introduction to Automatic Statistic Analysis of Pilot Pollution

The Nastar automatically checks the pilot pollution according to the CHR data and analyzes

the signal quality of the active set and monitoring set generated in 1C report and the number

of cell function output branches.

Double-click the Pilot Pollution Area Statistics node. The Pilot Pollution Area Statistics

Tab is generated, as shown in Figure 9-18.

Page 179: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-19

Figure 9-18 Pilot Pollution Area Statistics tab

Table 9-7 describes the items on the Pilot Pollution Area Statistics tab page.

Table 9-7 Items on the Pilot Pollution Area Statistics tab page

Item Description

Pilot Pollution Area

Statistics window

Cell 1 ID ID of cell 1.

Cell 2 ID ID of cell 2.

Cell 3 ID ID of cell 3.

Cell 4 ID ID of cell 4.

Cell 5 ID ID of cell 5.

Cell 6 ID ID of cell 6.

Pollution Counter Times of the pollution.

Cell 1 Best Counter Records the times when cell 1 is the best.

Cell 2 Best Counter Records the times when cell 2 is the best.

Page 180: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Cell 3 Best Counter Records the times when cell 3 is the best.

Cell 4 Best Counter Records the times when cell 4 is the best.

Cell 5 Best Counter Records the times when cell 5 is the best.

Cell 6 Best Counter Records the times when cell 6 is the best.

Cell 1 RSCP Max

Counter

Records the times when the RSCP of cell 1

is the greatest.

Cell 2 RSCP Max

Counter

Records the times when the RSCP of cell 2

is the greatest.

Cell 3 RSCP Max

Counter

Records the times when the RSCP of cell 3

is the greatest.

Cell 4 RSCP Max

Counter

Records the times when the RSCP of cell 4

is the greatest.

Cell 5 RSCP Max

Counter

Records the times when the RSCP of cell 5

is the greatest.

Cell 6 RSCP Max

Counter

Records the times when the RSCP of cell 6

is the greatest.

Toolbar

Sets parameters of pilot pollution analysis.

Analyzes the cell quality.

Displays cell project parameters.

Displays results on map.

Exports results to an .xls file.

9.6.3 Analyzing Cell Quality

The Nastar provides functions of confirming the cell quality when the pilot is polluted. The

functions are as follows:

Obtain all 1C report records of the specified pollution group in the specified time range.

Collect statistics on the following items in each record:

− ID of the cells in the non-active set

− Non-active cell PSC

− Non-active cell Ec/Io

− Non-active cell RSCP

− Non-active cell coupling path loss

− Active cell ID

− Active cell Ec/lo

− Active cell RSCP

Page 181: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-21

− Active cell coupling path loss of active set (Coupling Loss should be calculated

according to the 1C report data and project configuration parameters).

Sort the records by cell RSCP of non-active cell and output the most powerful top 20

records.

Click on the Pilot Pollution Area Statistics tab page, and then click a record.

The Cell Wireless Quality Analyse tab page is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-19.

Figure 9-19 Cell Wireless Quality Analyse tab page

Table 9-8 describes the items on the Cell Wireless Quality Analyse tab page.

Table 9-8 Items on the Cell Wireless Quality Analyse tab page

Item Description

Report Time Report time.

Non-Active Cell 1 ID ID of the Cell 1 in the non-active set.

Non-Active Cell 1 Scramble Code Primary scramble code of Cell 1 in the

non-active set.

Non-Active Cell 2 ID ID of the Cell 2 in the non-active set.

Non-Active Cell 2 Scramble Code Primary scramble code of Cell 2 in the

non-active set.

Non-Active Cell 3 ID ID of the Cell 1 in the non-active set.

Page 182: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Non-Active Cell 3 Scramble Code Primary scramble code of Cell 3 in the

non-active set.

Active Cell 1 ID ID of Cell 1 in the active set.

Active Cell 2 ID ID of Cell 2 in the active set.

Active Cell 3 ID ID of Cell 3 in the active set.

Non-Active Cell 1 RSCP RSCP of the non-active Cell 1.

Non-Active Cell 2 RSCP RSCP of the non-active Cell 2.

Non-Active Cell 3 RSCP RSCP of the non-active Cell 3.

Active Cell 1 RSCP RSCP of the active Cell 1.

Active Cell 2 RSCP RSCP of the active Cell 2.

Active Cell 3 RSCP RSCP of the active Cell 3.

Non-Active Cell 1 Ec/Io Ec/Io of the non-active Cell 1.

Non-Active Cell 2 Ec/Io Ec/Io of the non-active Cell 2.

Non-Active Cell 3 Ec/Io Ec/Io of the non-active Cell 3.

Active Cell 1 Ec/Io Ec/Io of the active Cell 1.

Active Cell 2 Ec/Io Ec/Io of the active Cell 2.

Active Cell 3 Ec/Io Ec/Io of the active Cell 3.

Non-Active Cell 1 Couplizing Loss Coupling loss of the non-active Cell 1.

Non-Active Cell 2 Couplizing Loss Coupling loss of the non-active Cell 2.

Non-Active Cell 3 coupling Loss Coupling loss of the non-active Cell 3.

Active Cell 1 Couplizing Loss Coupling loss of the active Cell 1.

Active Cell 2 Couplizing Loss Coupling loss of the active Cell 2.

Active Cell 3 Couplizing Loss Coupling loss of the active Cell 3.

Toolbar

Displays results on a map.

Click , and click a record in the

result window. The cell of the record

is displayed on a map.

Exports results to an .xls file.

Page 183: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-23

Figure 9-20 Result of the statistical analysis of the cell displayed on map

9.6.4 Querying the Project Parameters

With rich project experience, the engineers conclude some common causes of pilot pollution

and the relevant parameters, as listed in Table 9-9.

Table 9-9 Cause of pilot pollution and the relevant parameters

Cause Relevant Parameter

Improper cell layout Inter-site distance

Site selection for base station and too high

antenna

Antenna height

Improper setting of antenna azimuth Longitude, latitude, and azimuth

Improper setting of antenna downtilt. Longitude, latitude, azimuth, and downtilt.

Improper setting of pilot power Cell CPICH power

The Nastar enables you to query related project parameters of pilot pollution. With this

function, you may conveniently locate the problematic cell, analyze its project parameters,

and find out the reasons and figure out resolutions.

Click in the Pilot Pollution Area Statistics window. Select a record in the Pilot

Pollution Area Statistics window.

Page 184: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

The Cell Project Parameters window is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-21.

Figure 9-21 Cell Project Parameters window

Table 9-10 describes the items in the Cell Project Parameters window.

Table 9-10 Items in the Cell Project Parameters window

Item Description

Cell ID ID of a cell.

Primer Scramble Code Primary scramble code of a cell.

Cell Name Name of a cell.

Longitude Longitude of a cell.

Latitude Latitude of a cell.

Antenna Height Height of an antenna.

Azimuth Azimuth of an antenna.

Downtilt Downtilt of a cell.

CPICH Power CPICH power of a cell.

Page 185: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-25

9.6.5 Geographically Displaying Pilot Pollution Group

Click on the toolbar, and then select a record in the sheet.

The pollution cell group is dynamically highlighted on map, as shown in Figure 9-22.

Figure 9-22 Displaying the pollution cell group

9.6.6 Displaying the Pilot Pollution Analysis Result on Map

The Nastar enables you to view the cells which may experience the pilot pollution on a

topological map. With this function, you can further confirm the pilot pollution area and the

possibility of pilot pollution. This function is actually an enhanced function of pilot pollution

analysis.

Double-click Pilot Pollution on Map.

The map in the Site View window is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-23.

The Nastar marks the cells with different colors based on the cells' pollution counters.

Page 186: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 9-23 Geographically analyzing pilot pollution

9.6.7 Editing the Legend

To edit the legend, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Right-click the Pilot Pollution on Map node, and choose Pilot Pollution Global Render

Color Setup from the shortcut menu.

The Pilot Pollution Global Render Color Setup dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure

9-24.

Page 187: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-27

Figure 9-24 Pilot Pollution Global Render Color Setup dialog box

Step 2 Edit the map legend for geographical analysis of pilot pollution in the Pilot Pollution Global

Render Color Setup dialog box.

Click Add to add a legend or click Del to delete a legend.

Change the threshold value in Threshold.

Double-click a color line on the Color column. The Color dialog box is displayed, as

shown in Figure 9-25.

Figure 9-25 Color dialog box

Page 188: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Step 3 Click OK in the Color dialog box.

Step 4 Click OK. The dialog box is shut down, and the colors of the corresponding areas are

refreshed. If you click Apply, the map is updated, but the dialog box is not shut down.

The Nastar updates the color of the polluted cells, as shown in Figure 9-26.

Figure 9-26 Result after the color changed

----End

9.6.8 Displaying Co-Frequency and Co-Scramble Cells on Map

To display co-frequency and co-interference cells, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Right-click the Pilot Pollution on Map node, and choose Execute Pilot Pollution Local

Render from the shortcut menu.

Step 2 Click on the toolbar and click a cell on the map, the other co-frequency and co-scramble

cells are displayed, as shown in Figure 9-27.

Page 189: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-29

Figure 9-27 Geographically displaying intra-frequency and co-interference cells

----End

9.6.9 Generating a Pilot Pollution Analysis Report

To generate a pilot pollution analysis report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Pilot Pollution Analyze Report node.

The Pilot Pollution Report Setting dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 9-28.

Page 190: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

9 Coverage Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

9-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 9-28 Pilot Pollution Report Setting dialog box

Table 9-11 describes the items in the Pilot Pollution Report Setting dialog box.

Table 9-11 Items in the Pilot Pollution Report Setting dialog box

Item Description

Select the path to export performance report Select the save path for the pilot pollution

analysis report.

Time Range Set the begin time and end time.

Page 191: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 9 Coverage Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-31

Item Description

Threshold Cell RSCP Absolute

Threshold

The cell RSCP absolute threshold is used to

judge the pilot pollution.

The unit is dBm and default value is

–95dBm.

Cell RSCP Relative

Threshold

The Cell RSCP relative threshold is used to

judge the pilot pollution.

The unit is dB. And the default value is

5dB.

Pollution Cells

Minimum

Number of pilot pollution Cells.

Value range: integer from 3 to 6.

Cell Pollution

Statistics Threshold

The cell pollution statistics threshold is

used to geographically analyze the

pollution of the whole cell.

The default value is 20.

Step 2 Select the path for saving the report and set the other parameters in the Pilot Pollution

Report Setting dialog box.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

Page 192: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English
Page 193: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 10 Interference Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-1

10 Interference Analysis

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

10.1 Introduction to the

Interference Analysis

The required data for interference analysis.

10.2 Setting Parameters The procedure for setting the configuration.

10.3 Analyzing the

Exceptional Interference

The procedure for analyzing the exceptional interference.

10.4 Displaying the

Interference On Map

The procedure for displaying the interference on the map.

Page 194: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

10 Interference Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

10-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

10.1 Introduction to the Interference Analysis

By using the function of interference analysis, you can effectively find the exterior

interference and equipment interior problems. You can classify and locate the reasons that

cause wireless interference or signal abnormity through the main diversity signal intensity

analysis and special arithmetic.

The WCDMA interference analysis helps local project engineers to locate problems.

To use the function of interference analysis, import the following data:

RTWP data

Provides the original data of the interference analysis.

Traffic statistic data

Provides some items and supplies the judgment basis for an interference situation

through the item data.

Configuration data

Provides parameters of a cell and information on a neighboring cell.

Project parameters

Provide parameters for displaying on map.

The WCDMA Interference Analysis node has two sub-nodes, as shown in Figure 10-1.

Figure 10-1 WCDMA Interference Analysis node

10.2 Setting Parameters

Set the parameters before using the function of interference analysis.

To set the parameters, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click the WCDMA Interference Analysis node, and select Edit Interference Config on the

shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 10-2.

Page 195: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 10 Interference Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-3

Figure 10-2 Edit Interference Config on the shortcut menu

The Interference Config dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 10-3.

Figure 10-3 Interference Config dialog box

Table 10-1 describes the items in the Interference Config dialog box.

Table 10-1 Items in the Interference Config dialog box

Item Description

Base Noise Auto Search base noise The Nastar searches the base noise based on

the imported RTWP data.

Customize base noise You can manually type a value as base noise.

The value is less than 0.

Interference

Threshold

Beyond base noise Value beyond the base noise.

Duration Duration.

Interference counter Interference counter.

Page 196: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

10 Interference Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

10-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Step 2 Set Base Noise, Beyond base noise, Duration, and Interference counter in the dialog box.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

10.3 Analyzing the Exceptional Interference

To analyze the exceptional interference, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Abnormal Interference Analysis node.

The Interference Analysis dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 10-4.

Figure 10-4 Interference Analysis dialog box

Table 10-2 describes the items in the Interference Analysis dialog box.

Page 197: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 10 Interference Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-5

Table 10-2 Items in the Interference Analysis dialog box

Item Description

Object Tree Displays information on the RNC and cells.

Date/Time Setting Sets the begin time, end time, begin data, and end date.

Step 2 Select the NE objects from Object Tree, and set the time range in Date/Time Setting.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Interference Analysis window is displayed, as shown in Figure 10-5.

Figure 10-5 Interference Analysis window

Table 10-3 describes the items in the Interference Analysis window.

Table 10-3 Items in the Interference Analysis window

Item Description

Perf Rtwp Data Analysis Based on the imported performance data, check

whether the interference analysis exists. If the

analysis exists, the results are displayed, as shown in

the Perf Rtwp Data Analysis window.

Page 198: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

10 Interference Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

10-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Neighbor Perf Rtwp Data Analysis Click a record in the Perf Rtwp Data Analysis

window to analyze the interference record for a

neighboring cell.

The analysis results are displayed in the Neighbor

Perf Rtwp Data Analysis window.

NodeB Rtwp Data

Analysis

CellId ID of the cell.

CellName Name of the cell.

Interference Displays Bad, Acceptable or Nice based on the

analysis result of the imported RTWP data.

Priority Displays the priority, such as H (high priority) and L

(low priority).

BaseNoise Displays the types, such as Nice and TBD.

NodeB Rtwp Trend Map Select a record in the NodeB Rtwp Data Analysis

window, the noise situations of the main or diversity

of the cell are displayed on the NodeB Rtwp Trend

Map.

----End

10.4 Displaying the Interference On Map

To display the interference on map, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Interference On Map node.

The Interference Analysis Dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 10-4.

Step 2 Select the NE objects from the Object Tree, and set the time range in the Interference

Analysis dialog box.

Step 3 Click OK.

The map is displayed, as shown in Figure 10-6.

Page 199: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 10 Interference Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-7

Figure 10-6 Interference on map

The Nastar marks all the related cells on the map.

Table 10-4 describes the colors in the Map Legend window.

Table 10-4 Colors in the Map Legend window.

Color Description

Red The cell is interfered.

Green The cell is not interfered, and its base noise is normal.

Yellow The cell is not interfered, but its base noise is abnormal.

----End

Page 200: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English
Page 201: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-1

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

11.1 Introduction to the

Neighboring Cell Analysis

The data requirement for neighbor analysis and the

function nodes in the Trouble Shooting pane.

11.2 Neighboring RNC Cell

Configuration Check

The procedure for checking the configuration of the

neighboring RNC cell.

11.3 Unidirectional

Neighboring Cell Check

The procedure for checking unidirectional neighboring

cells.

11.4 Neighboring Cell

Information Query

The procedure for querying information about

neighboring cells.

11.5 Missing Inter-Frequency

Neighboring Cell Statistics

and Analysis

The procedure for analyzing missing inter-frequency

neighboring cell statistics.

11.6 Missing Inter-RAT

Neighboring Cell Statistics

and Analysis

The procedures for analyzing missing inter-RAT

neighboring cell statistics.

11.7 Missing Intra-Frequency

Neighboring Cell Analysis

The procedure for analyzing intra-frequency missing

neighboring cells.

11.8 Unnecessary

Intra-Frequency Neighboring

Cell Analysis

The procedure for analyzing unnecessary intra-frequency

neighboring cells.

Page 202: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

11.1 Introduction to the Neighboring Cell Analysis

Through neighboring cell analysis, you can use the CHR data to query and sort the

neighboring cell events, give out intelligent weighted algorithm, add power arithmetic, verify

the situation where the inter-frequency neighboring cells are missing, and finally generate a

neighboring cell optimization report.

Ensure that the following data is imported before you use the neighboring cell analysis

function.

Traffic statistic data: mainly uses the measurement set information on the neighboring

cell.

CHR data: mainly uses the events reported by check set.

Project parameters: provides the longitude and latitude information to display the cell

information.

Configuration parameter: mainly provides neighboring cell information on the cells.

The WCDMA Neighbor Analysis node has the following sub-functions, as shown in Figure

11-1.

Figure 11-1 WCDMA Neighbor Analysis node

11.2 Neighboring RNC Cell Configuration Check

Generally, the neighboring cells of a certain cell belong to the same RNC, but exception also

exists.

In a certain place, the cells from two different RNCs are required to build up a neighboring

relation. These two RNCs are called neighboring RNCs.

To configure neighbors of this type, you need to configure the information about the cells on

the neighboring RNC before configuring neighbors. During the configuration, some errors

Page 203: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-3

may appear and the inconsistency between configuration parameters and actual data is

generated. And then the situation that the neighboring cell is unavailable happens. It is

necessary for the Nastar to solve this problem.

Double-click the Neighbor RNC Cell Configuration Check node, as shown in Figure 11-1.

The Neighbor RNC Cell Configuration Check window is displayed, as shown in Figure

11-2.

Figure 11-2 Neighbor RNC Cell Configuration Check window

Table 11-1 describes the items in the Neighbor RNC Cell Configuration Check window.

Table 11-1 Items in the Neighbor RNC Cell Configuration Check window

Column name Description

Config RNC ID ID of the RNC to be configured.

Neighbor RNC ID ID of the neighboring RNC.

Cell ID ID of the cell.

Parameter Parameter name of unequal values.

Value in Config RNC ID Parameter value in the RNC to be configured.

Page 204: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Column name Description

Value in Neighbor RNC ID Parameter value in the neighboring RNC.

11.3 Unidirectional Neighboring Cell Check

If cell A takes cell B as its neighboring cell, but cell B does not take cell A as its neighboring

cell, cell B is the unidirectional neighboring cell of cell A.

Generally, neighbors are bidirectional. In certain situations, however, the unidirectional

neighboring cell exists in the network.

Whether a neighboring cell is unidirectional is not the criterion for judging whether the

network configuration is correct. But providing the check for the unidirectional neighboring

cell configuration information, it helps to observe the network configuration situation and

supplies the reference of network status for network optimization engineer.

To check whether a cell is a unidirectional neighbor, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the One-way Neighbor Check node or choose the One-way Neighbor check

node and Execute from the shortcut menu.

The Query dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 11-3.

Page 205: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-5

Figure 11-3 Query dialog box

Step 2 Select Network Element or Network Group in the Object Type field.

Step 3 Select the objects to be queried in the list.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

The Unilateral Neighbor Cells Info Query window is displayed, as shown in Figure 11-4.

Page 206: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 11-4 Unilateral Neighbor Cells Info Query window

Table 11-2 describes the items in the Unilateral Neighbor Cells Info Query window.

Table 11-2 Items in the Unilateral Neighbor Cells Info Query window

Item Description

Page Intra Neighbor Cells Info Query Shows query information on intra-frequency

neighboring cells.

Inter Neighbor Cells Info Query Shows query information on inter-frequency

neighboring cells.

toolbar Click , and click a record in the result

window, the program automatically displays

the cell of the record and its unidirectional

neighboring cell on the map, as shown in

Figure 11-5.

Exports the result to an .xls file.

NOTE

If the cell has no intra-frequency unidirectional neighboring cell or inter-frequency unidirectional

neighbor cell, the corresponding table is null.

Page 207: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-7

Figure 11-5 Unidirectional neighboring cell displayed on the map

11.4 Neighboring Cell Information Query

The function is to find out the neighboring cells of the cell queried by users.

The neighboring cells are categorized into the following types:

Intra-frequency neighboring cell

Inter-frequency neighboring cell

Neighboring GSM cell

To query neighboring cells information, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click Neighbor Info Query of the WCDMA Neighbor Analysis node or select the

Neighbor Info Query node and Execute on the shortcut menu.

The Query dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 11-3.

Step 2 Select Network Element or Network Group in the Object Type field.

Step 3 Select the objects to be queried on the list.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

The Neighbor Cells Info Query window is displayed, as shown in Figure 11-6.

Page 208: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 11-6 Neighbor Cells Info Query window

Table 11-3 describes the items in the Neighbor Cells Info Query window.

Table 11-3 Items in the Neighbor Cells Info Query window

Item Description

Tab Intra Neighbor Cells Info

Query

Shows query information on

intra-frequency neighboring cells.

Inter Neighbor Cells Info

Query

Shows query information on

inter-frequency neighboring cells.

Inter-RAT Neighbor Cells Info

Query

Shows query information on inter-RAT

neighboring cells (GSM system).

Toolbar When you click , and then click a

record in the result window, the program

automatically displays the cell of the record

and its unidirectional neighboring cell on

the map, as shown in Figure 11-7.

Exports the result to an .xls file.

Page 209: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-9

Figure 11-7 Neighboring cell information displayed on the map

NOTE Not all cells have the previously mentioned three types of neighbor cells. Some cells have only one or

two types; thus, the table of query result for the cells may be null.

11.5 Missing Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Statistics and Analysis

To analyze missing inter-frequency neighbors, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Missing Inter-frequency Neighbor Statistics and Analysis node.

The Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 11-8.

Page 210: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 11-8 Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box

Step 2 Select the cells to be queried and set the time range.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

The Missing Inter-frequency Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window is displayed, as

shown in Figure 11-9.

Page 211: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-11

Figure 11-9 Missing Inter-frequency Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window

Table 11-4 describes the items in the Missing Inter-frequency Neighbor Statistics and

Analysis window.

Table 11-4 Items in the Missing Inter-frequency Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window.

Item Description

Missing Inter

Neighbor Events

Statistics

RNC ID Indicates the ID of the RNC to which the

original cell belongs.

Best Cell ID Indicates the ID of the original cell.

Missing Cell

UARFCN-DownLink

Indicates the value of the missing cell

UARFCN-DownLink.

Missing Cell PSC Indicates the main interference code of the

missing cell.

Missing Cell RNC ID Indicates the ID of the RNC to which the

missing cell belongs.

Missing Cell ID Indicates the ID of the missing cell.

Page 212: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Toolbar

Indicates the secondary query.

Select a record, and click to display

detailed CHR record.

Displays the result on map.

Select a record, click to display the

original cell and its inter-frequency missing

cell on the map.

Exports the result to an .xls file.

11.6 Missing Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell Statistics and Analysis

To analyze the missing inter-RAT neighboring cell statistics, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Missing Inter-RAT Neighbor Statistics and Analysis node.

The Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 11-8.

Step 2 Select the cells to be queried and set the time range.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Missing Inter-RAT Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window is displayed, as shown in

Figure 11-10.

Page 213: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-13

Figure 11-10 Missing Inter-RAT Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window

Table 11-5 describes the items in the Missing Inter-RAT Neighbor Statistics and Analysis

window.

Table 11-5 Items in the Missing Inter-RAT Neighbor Statistics and Analysis window

Item Description

Missing InterRat

Neighbor Events

Statistics

RNC ID Indicates the ID of the RNC to which the

original cell belongs.

Best Cell ID Indicates the ID of the original cell.

Missing Cell NCC Indicates the NCC of the missing cell.

Missing Cell BCC Indicates the BCC of the missing cell.

Missing Cell BCCH

ARFCN

Indicates the BCCH ARFCN of the missing

cell.

Event Count Indicates the count of the missing event.

Indicates the secondary query.

Select a record, and click to displayed

detailed CHR record.

Exports the result to an .xls file.

Page 214: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

----End

11.7 Missing Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

Analysis of the intra-frequency missing neighboring cell is the main function of the

intra-frequency optimization module. Based on the detected set of 1A Event record reported

by previous CHR analysis record and according to special arithmetic, the function provides

scores for the following items:

Average signal quality of the best cell

Average signal quality of the detected cells

Average signal quality difference

1A Event accumulative credit, which is given out by the original function

Percentage system is applied for the four items, and the sum of the four scores is 100. And at

last the suggestion is proposed as follows:

Greater than or equal to 60

It is suggested to add neighbors.

Between 50 and 60

It is suggested to pay more attention.

Lower than 50

Meanwhile, calculate the distance between detected cells and best cells.

NOTE This function enhances the original function of neighbor intelligent optimization.

The dominant cell and most optimization cell are described as Best Cell.

For the restriction of original data source, this function can be used only when there is not repeated

cell ID in the entire network, otherwise, a risk may exist.

11.7.1 Using Missing Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

To analyze intra-frequency missing neighbor, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Missing Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis node.

The Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 11-11.

Page 215: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-15

Figure 11-11 Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box

Table 11-6 describes the items in the Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box.

Table 11-6 Items in the Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box

Item Description

Select Cells Select the cells to be analyzed.

Data time Set the begin time and end time for the analysis.

Step 2 Select the cells and set the time range.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Missing Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window is displayed, as shown in Figure

11-12.

Page 216: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 11-12 Missing Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window

Table 11-7 describes the items in the Missing Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window.

Table 11-7 Missing Items in the Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window

Item Description

Intra-frequency

Missing Neighbor

Analysis

Best Cell ID ID of the best cell.

Missing Neighbor ID ID of the object cell or missing cell, or

queried cell.

Missing Neighbor PSC PSC of the object cell or missing cell, or

queried cell.

Missing Score Missing general score.

Suggestion Suggestion, based on the Missing Score:

Adding Neighbor:

Missing neighboring cell exists.

To be Determined:

Missing neighboring cell may exist,

needs further analysis.

Page 217: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-17

Item Description

Best Cell Average

Ec/No

Average signal quality of the best ID or

dominant cell.

Missing Neighbor

Average Ec/No

Average signal quality of the object cell or

missing cell, or queried cell.

Difference Ec/No Average signal quality difference.

1A Credit 1A event accumulative credit.

1A Count 1A event count.

Missing Neighbor

Distance

Distance between two cells.

Farthest Neighbor

Distance

Farthest neighboring cell distance

Hint Hint for distance scale.

Toolbar

1A event query.

Displays next 2000 records.

Displays the result on the map

Exports the result to an .xls file.

----End

11.7.2 Querying 1A Event

To query 1A event, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a record in the Missing Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window, as shown in

Figure 11-12.

Step 2 Click on the toolbar.

Query 1A event based on the cell ID of the selected record and the missing neighboring PSC.

The 1A Record Query page is generated, as shown in Figure 11-13.

Page 218: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 11-13 1A Record Query page

Table 11-8 describes the items in the 1A Record Query pane.

Table 11-8 Items in the 1A Record Query pane

Item Description

1A Record Query Time Time.

Active Cell1 ID ID of active set 1.

Active Cell1 Ec/No Ec/No of active set 1.

Active Cell2 ID ID of active set 2.

Active Cell2 Ec/No Ec/No of active set 2.

Active Cell3 ID ID of active set 3.

Active Cell3 Ec/No Ec/No of active set 3

Detected Cell PSC PSC of detected set.

Detected Cell Ec/No Ec/No of Detected set.

Exports results to an .xls file.

----End

Page 219: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-19

11.7.3 Displaying on Map

Step 1 Select a record in the Missing Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window, as shown in

Figure 11-12.

Step 2 Click

The cell of the selected record, its neighboring cell, and missing cells are displayed on the

map in different colors, as shown in Figure 11-14.

Figure 11-14 Missing Neighbor Analysis result displayed on the map

----End

The meanings of the colors in the Map Legend window are described as follows:

Red: missing neighbor

Blue: source cell

Green: configured neighbors

11.8 Unnecessary Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

This function is to search all matched neighboring cells of the original cell, and the soft switch

times happened between the matched neighboring cells. If there is no switching record, you

Page 220: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

can assume them as the neighbor cells of the original cell, and continue with further query to

find the unnecessary neighboring cells.

To analyze the intra-frequency unnecessary neighbor, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Unnecessary Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis node.

The Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 11-15.

Figure 11-15 Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box

Table 11-9 describes the parameters in the Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box.

Table 11-9 Parameters in the Missing Neighbor Events Statistics dialog box

Parameter Description

Select Cells Select the cells to be analyzed.

Data time Set the begin time and end time for analysis.

Step 2 Select the cells to be analyzed and set the time range.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Intra-frequency Unnecessary Neighbor Analysis window is displayed, as shown in

Figure 11-16.

Page 221: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-21

Figure 11-16 Unnecessary Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window

----End

Table 11-10 describes the items in the Intra-frequency Unnecessary Neighbor Analysis

window.

Table 11-10 Items in the Unnecessary Intra-frequency Neighbor Analysis window

Item Description

Unnecessary

Intra-frequency

Neighbor Analysis

Source ID ID of the source cell.

Neighbor Count Neighbor count.

The count can be up to 32.

Neighbor(1,2,…32) This column is divided into two parts:

Upper part: the ID of the neighboring cell.

Lower part: the switch times.

Toolbar

Displays next 2000 records.

Page 222: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

11 Neighboring Cell Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

11-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Exports results to an .xls file.

Page 223: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-1

12 Configuration Check

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

12.1 Introduction to

Configuration Analysis

The data requirement for configuration analysis and the

function nodes in the navigator tree.

12.2 Setting the Active

Configuration File

The procedure for setting the active configuration files.

12.3 Browsing Configuration

Parameters

The procedure for browsing the configuration parameters.

12.4 Introduction to

Configuration Indicators on

the Map

The configuration indicators on the map.

12.5 Comparing MML Files The procedure for comparing MML files.

12.6 Generating a

Configuration Change

Compare Report

The procedure for generating a configuration parameter

report.

12.7 Comparing Configuration

With Baseline

The procedure for comparing configuration with baseline.

12.8 Generating a

Configuration Check Report

The procedure for generating a configuration check

report.

Page 224: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

12.1 Introduction to Configuration Analysis

This function is used to check the correctness and appropriateness of the configuration

parameters, which help the local project engineer to facilitate the task and improve the

efficiency.

To use this function, the following data is required:

Configuration data

Provides the configuration parameter data.

Project parameter

Provides the project parameter for displaying on map.

The WCDMA Configuration Analysis node is displayed in the Trouble Shooting pane, as

shown in Figure 12-1.

Figure 12-1 WCDMA Configuration Analysis node

12.2 Setting the Active Configuration File

The Nastar supports importing several configuration files of an RNC, but there is only one

active file for the RNC.

To set the active configuration file, perform the following steps:

Step 1 In the Network Element pane; click an RNC, and then select Setting active MML file on the

shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 12-2.

Page 225: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-3

Figure 12-2 Setting active MML file

The Imported MML file manage dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-3.

Figure 12-3 Imported MML file manage dialog box

Table 12-1 describes the items in the Imported MML file manage dialog box.

Table 12-1 Items in the Imported MML file management dialog box

Item Description

Imported files Indicates the date list.

If All files is selected, all of the configuration files are

shown in the middle of the dialog box. If a certain date

is selected, then the configuration files on that date are

shown.

Page 226: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

File List RNC ID Indicates the RNC of the configuration file.

If this file is the active one, the file is selected.

Export Time

Start

Indicates the start time for exporting the configuration

file.

Export Time

End

Indicates the end time for exporting of the configuration

file.

BAM Version Indicates the BAM version.

MML File Indicates the file name.

Set an MML file as an active one.

Step 2 Select the file you want to set as an active file.

Step 3 Click Set as active file.

----End

12.3 Browsing Configuration Parameters

12.3.1 Browing the Configuration Parameters of an RNC

To browse the configuration parameters of an RNC, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Expand the Network Element pane, and then select an RNC.

Step 2 Select RNC Algorithm Switch on the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 12-4.

Figure 12-4 RNC Algorithm Switch shortcut menu

Page 227: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-5

RNC algorithm switch results are as shown in Figure 12-5.

Figure 12-5 RNC Algorithm Switch result window

NOTE Some parameters are unavailable in the configuration file, and they are displayed as N/A.

----End

12.3.2 Browsing the Configuration Parameters of a Cell

To browse the configuration parameters of a cell, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Expand the Network Element pane, and then select a cell under an RNC.

Step 2 Select Cell Basic Info or Cell Algorithm Switch on the shortcut menu to browse the

configuration parameters, as shown in Figure 12-6.

Page 228: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 12-6 Shortcut menu for browsing cell configuration parameters

Table 12-2 describes the items on the shortcut menu.

Table 12-2 Items on the shortcut menu for browsing the cell configuration parameters

Item Description

Cell Basic Info Indicates the basic configuration parameters of a cell, as show in

Figure 12-7.

Cell Algorithm Switch Indicates the cell algorithm switch parameters, as shown in

Figure 12-8.

Figure 12-7 Cell Basic Info

Page 229: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-7

Figure 12-8 Cell Algorithm Switch

NOTE Some parameters are unavailable in the configuration file, and they are displayed as N/A by Nastar.

----End

12.4 Introduction to Configuration Indicators on the Map

Some parameters of the cell level are very important for network optimization, especially

those combined with detailed geographical environment. Specify a column for users to select

configuration parameters of the cell level to be queried, and display them on the map.

12.4.1 Displaying the Configuration Indicator on Map

To display the configuration parameters on the map, perform the following steps:

Step 1 In the Trouble Shooting pane, double-click Configuration Indicator on Map of the

WCDMA Configuration Analysis node.

The Query dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-9.

Page 230: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 12-9 Query dialog box

Step 2 Click Query List Setting… in the Query dialog box.

The Query List Setting dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-10.

Page 231: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-9

Figure 12-10 Query List Setting dialog box

Step 3 Click to add a parameter, or click or to cancel the selected parameter(s).

Step 4 Click OK to return to the Query dialog box.

The selected parameters are listed in the Query dialog box, as shown in Figure 12-11.

Figure 12-11 Parameters listed in the Query dialog box

Page 232: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Step 5 Click OK.

The result is generated, as shown in Figure 12-12.

Figure 12-12 Result of configuration indicator on map

NOTE You can select different colors on the Map Legend to display different parameter values.

----End

12.4.2 Creating a Configuration Indicator

To create a configuration indicator, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select the Configuration Indicator on Map node, and then select New Config Func on the

shortcut menu.

The New dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-13.

Page 233: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-11

Figure 12-13 New dialog box

Step 2 Click Query List Setting… in the Query dialog box.

Step 3 Select a parameter in the Query List Setting dialog box.

Step 4 Click OK to return to the Query dialog box.

Step 5 Type a new name in the Name field.

For example, you can type MyConfig in the textbox.

Step 6 Click OK.

----End

The new added function node is added to the WCDMA Configuration Analysis node, as

shown in Figure 12-14.

Page 234: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 12-14 New theme

12.4.3 Editing a Configuration Function

To edit a configuration function, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a theme of the Configuration Indicator on Map node, and select Edit Config Func

on the shortcut menu.

The Edit dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-15.

Figure 12-15 Edit dialog box

Page 235: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-13

Step 2 Click Query List Setting… to open the Query List Setting dialog box.

In the Query List Setting dialog box, you can change the parameter list.

Step 3 Click OK to return to the Edit dialog box.

Step 4 In the Edit dialog box, you can also change the theme name.

After the configuration is edited, click OK to save the changes.

Click Cancel to discard the changes.

----End

12.4.4 Deleting a Configuration Function

To delete a configuration function, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a theme node of the Configuration Info Indicator on Map node, and select Delete

Config Func on the shortcut menu.

A dialog box is displayed, prompting you to confirm the deletion.

Step 2 Click Yes to delete the selected configuration function, or click No to cancel the operation.

After you succeed in deleting the selected configuration function, it is deleted from the

Configuration Indicator on Map node.

----End

12.4.5 Deleting All the Configuration Functions

If you do not need the user-defined theme, use this function to delete all the functions.

To delete all the configuration functions, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select the Configuration Indicator on Map node, and then select Clear all on the shortcut

menu.

A dialog box is displayed, prompting you to confirm the deletion.

Step 2 Click Yes to remove all configuration functions, or click No to discard the operation.

----End

12.5 Comparing MML Files

The configuration file contains all parameter information on the RNC. The parameters of

network layer are of great significance for the network optimization.

The MML files of the same RNC may differ based on the network status and time. By

comparing them, engineers can find out the effect that each parameter takes on the network.

To compare the MML files, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click MML File Compare of the WCDMA Configuration Analysis node, or you

can select MML File Compare and Execute on the shortcut menu.

Page 236: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

The Compare MML File dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-16.

Figure 12-16 Compare MML File dialog box

Table 12-3 describes the items in the Compare MML File dialog box.

Table 12-3 Items in the Compare MML File dialog box

Item Description

Compare Files First MML file Click to select the first MML file to be

compared.

Second MML file Click to select the second MML file to

be compared.

Compare Option RNC Select the configuration parameters of the

RNC level, as listed in Table 12-4.

Page 237: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-15

Table 12-4 RNC configuration parameter

Level 1 Level 2

RNC RNC Algorithm Switch

Access

Handoff

Resource Control

Load Control

Power Control

Step 2 Select the two MML files to be compared.

Step 3 Select the parameters to be compared.

NOTE The configuration parameters of the RNC level and Cell level cannot be selected at the same time.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

The Comparing MML Files window is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-17.

Page 238: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 12-17 Comparing MML Files window

Table 12-5 describes the items in the Comparing MML Files window.

Table 12-5 Items in the Comparing MML Files window

Item Description

Main pane The main pane is displayed in the upper part, showing the selected

configuration parameters.

If the configuration parameters are different in the two MML files,

the parameters are marked in red.

Compare Info pane The Compare Info pane is displayed in the lower part.

If you click a record in the main pane, this record is displayed in

the Compare Info pane.

If the configuration parameters are different in the two MML files,

the parameters are marked in red.

Page 239: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-17

12.6 Generating a Configuration Change Compare Report

To generate a configuration change compare report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click Configuration Change Compare Report of the WCDMA Configuration

Analysis node.

The MML Compare dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-18.

Figure 12-18 MML Compare dialog box

Step 2 Click Browse to select a path for the configuration parameter compare report.

Step 3 Click behind the Name in The First MML File field.

The MML File Selection dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-19.

Page 240: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 12-19 MML File Selection dialog box

Step 4 Select the first MML file to be compared in the MML File Selection dialog box, and click

OK to return to the MML Compare dialog box.

Step 5 Click next to the Name in The Second MML File field.

Step 6 Select the second MML file to be compared in the MML File Selection dialog box.

Step 7 Click OK in the MML File Selection dialog box.

The MML Compare dialog box is displayed as in Figure 12-18.

Table 12-6 describes the file information in the MML Compare dialog box.

Table 12-6 File information on the two MML files

File Information Description

Name Indicates the name of the selected file.

RNC ID Indicates the ID of the RNC to which the configuration file belongs.

The RNC ID of the two files must be the same.

Export time start Indicates the start time for exporting the configuration file.

Export time end Indicates the end time for exporting the configuration file.

The time is used to judge the file whether it is an early version or a

later one.

The exporting end time of the two files cannot be the same.

BAM version Indicates the BAM version.

The two files must belong to the same BAM version.

Step 8 Click OK.

----End

Page 241: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-19

12.7 Comparing Configuration With Baseline

12.7.1 Introducing the Compare Configuration With Baseline Node

The baseline configuration parameter refers to the MML configuration parameter when the

RNC ID is 1 and there is only one cell with the ID 0 in the RNC. This configuration

parameter includes the RNC initial configuration project, compared with the configuration

parameter of the current network to learn more about the current network configuration.

This function mainly checks the following four type parameters:

Non-indicator configuration parameter

Indicator configuration parameter

RNC arithmetic switch

Cell arithmetic switch

Compare the four types of parameters, and generate a report when the configuration

parameter is not consistent with baseline file.

12.7.2 Generating the Report of Comparing Configuration With Baseline

To compare the configuration parameter with the baseline, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click Compare Configuration with Baseline of the WCDMA Configuration

Analysis node.

The Compare configuration with baseline dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure

12-20.

Figure 12-20 Compare configuration with baseline dialog box

Step 2 Set on the Compare configuration with baseline dialog box.

Page 242: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Click the first to select the file path for saving the report.

Click the second to select the MML file to be compared.

Click the third to select the baseline file.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Configuration Compare with Baseline report is generated, as shown in Figure 12-21.

Figure 12-21 Configuration Compare with Baseline report

----End

12.8 Generating a Configuration Check Report

To generate a configuration check report, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click Configuration Check Report node.

The Configuration Check Report dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 12-22.

Page 243: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 12 Configuration Check

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-21

Figure 12-22 Configuration Check Report dialog box

Table 12-7 describes the items in the Configuration Check Report dialog box.

Table 12-7 Items in the Configuration Check Report dialog box

Item Description

Select file path to export configuration check

report Click to select a path for the

configuration check report.

Select RNC Select the RNC to be checked. Each time

you can select only one RNC.

Edit Parameters Deficit Neighbor

Check

Too few neighbors check threshold. Input

an integer that is greater than 0. The default

value is 5.

Excess Neighbor

Check

Too many neighbors check threshold. Input

an integer that is greater than 0. The default

value is 20.

Distant Neighbor

Check

Over distance neighboring cell check

threshold. Input an integer which is greater

than 0. The default value is 2 and unit is

km.

SMLC Tolerance Tolerant different value of Location

parameter comparing. Input an integer that

is greater than 0. Generally the precision of

the inputted value is about 0.000001. The

unit is degree and the default value is

0.000001.

Page 244: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

12 Configuration Check

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

12-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Step 2 Select a path and type a name for the report.

Step 3 Select the RNC and set each parameter to be checked.

Step 4 Click Yes.

----End

The Configuration Check Report screen is generated, as shown in Figure 12-23.

Figure 12-23 Configuration Check Report

Page 245: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-1

13 Call Drop Analysis

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

13.1 Data Requirements The data requirement for call drop analysis and the

function node in the navigator tree.

13.2 Reviewing Call Drop

History

The procedure for reviewing call drop history.

13.3 Secondarily Analyzing

Call Drop History Trend

The procedure for secondarily analyzing call drop history

trend.

13.4 Introduction to Call Drop

Deep Analysis

The procedure for deeply analyzing call drop.

13.5 Analyzing Call Drop The procedure for analyzing call drop.

Page 246: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

13.1 Data Requirements

To use call drop analysis function, the following data is required:

Performance data: provides items of call drop and call drop rate.

CHR data: provides detailed information on the call drop.

The WCDMA Call Drop Analysis node, a independent function module, is displayed in the

Trouble Shooting pane, as shown in Figure 13-1.

Figure 13-1 WCDMA Call Drop Analysis node

13.2 Reviewing Call Drop History

To review the call drop history, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Call Drop History Review node.

The Call Drop History Review Dialog dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-2.

Page 247: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-3

Figure 13-2 Call Drop History Review Dialog dialog box

Table 13-1 describes the Call Drop History Review Dialog box.

Table 13-1 Descriptions of the Call Drop History Review Dialog dialog box.

Item Description

DateTime Begin date-time Set begin date and time to be queried.

End date-time Set end date and time to be queried.

RNC Select query objects in the RNC list.

Step 2 Set query time and select objects to be queried.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

The Call Drop History Review tab is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-3.

Page 248: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-3 Call Drop History Review result tab

Table 13-2 describes the items on the Call Drop History Review tab page.

Table 13-2 Items on the Call Drop History Review tab page

Item Description

Analysis

result

RNC Shows call drop times and call drop rate of RNC.

Cell Shows call drop times and call drop rate of cell.

Toolbar

Secondary query of the call drop history trend.

For details, see section 13.3 "Secondarily Analyzing Call Drop

History Trend."

RF problem analysis, including four sub-functions:

ECIO Coverage Analysis

TP Coverage Analysis

Intra-frequency Missing Neighbor Cell Analysis

Interference Analysis

Deeply analyzes call drop.

For details, see section 13.4.1 "Deeply Analyzing Call Drop."

Page 249: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-5

13.3 Secondarily Analyzing Call Drop History Trend

To secondarily analyze call drop history trend, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a result record in the Call Drop History Review window, and then click on the

toolbar.

The Call Drop History Trend dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-4

Figure 13-4 Call Drop History Trend dialog box

Step 2 Set the query time, statistic style, and query objects.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Query Result tab page is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-5.

Page 250: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-5 Query Result tab page

----End

13.4 Introduction to Call Drop Deep Analysis

13.4.1 Deeply Analyzing Call Drop

To deep analyze call drop, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click on the toolbar in the Call Drop History Review window.

The Call Drop Analysis Choice Dialog dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-6.

Page 251: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-7

Figure 13-6 Call Drop Analysis Choice Dialog dialog box

Table 13-3 describes the items in the Call Drop Analysis Choice Dialog dialog box.

Table 13-3 Items in the Call Drop Analysis Choice Dialog dialog box

Item Description

Date Time Set the begin time and end time.

Type Each time you can select one of the following options:

Cell Call Drop Fault Analysis

Cell Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution

Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Analysis

Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution

For the analysis result of each type, see the later sections.

Page 252: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Available Subscribers Select the user equipment objects to be queried.

NOTE

The Available Subscribers field is available only when Subscribers'

Call Drop Fault Analysis or Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason

Distribution is selected.

Available Cells Select the cells to be queried.

NOTE

The Available Cells field is available only when Cell Call Drop Fault

Analysis or Cell Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution is selected.

Step 2 Set the query time and analysis type.

Step 3 Select the user equipment object or cell object.

Step 4 Click OK.

The relevant result window is generated, according to the Type field selected in the Call

Drop Analysis Choice Dialog box.

Cell Call Drop Fault Analysis window

For details, see section 13.4.2 "Introduction to the Cell Call Drop Fault Analysis

Window."

Cell Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution window

For details, see section 13.4.3 "Introduction to Cell Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution

Window."

Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Analysis window

For details, see section 13.4.4 "Introduction to Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Analysis

Window."

Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution window

For details, see section 13.4.5 "Introduction to Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason

Distribution Window."

----End

13.4.2 Introduction to the Cell Call Drop Fault Analysis Window

Cell Call Drop Fault TopN Pane

The Cell Call Drop Fault TopN pane displays the original analysis result and call drop times

for each cell, as shown in Figure 13-7.

Page 253: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-9

Figure 13-7 Cell Call Drop Fault TopN pane

Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution Pane

In the Cell Call Drop Fault TopN pane, select a result record, and click on the toolbar.

The Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution pane is displayed, as shown in

Figure 13-8.

Page 254: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-8 Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution pane

The Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution pane lists the call drop fault of the

selected cell by reason and the call fault records.

Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record Pane

In the Cell Call Drop Fault TopN pane, select a result record, and click on the toolbar.

The Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record pane is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-9.

Page 255: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-11

Figure 13-9 Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record pane

The Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record pane lists the detailed information on all cells'

call drop fault.

The contents in the RAB INFO, DROP RAB INFO, and ACTIVE CELL INFO columns

are excessive and are therefore displayed as 00 00 00 …. If you click a cell grid, the content

of the selected column is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-10, Figure 13-11, and Figure 13-12

Page 256: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-10 Message Browser dialog box of RAB INFO

Figure 13-11 Message Browser dialog box of DROP RAB INFO

Page 257: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-13

Figure 13-12 Message Browser dialog box of ACTIVE CELL INFO

Toolbar

Table 13-4 describes the functions of the toolbar of the Cell Call Drop Fault Analysis

window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 13-4 Toolbar in the Cell Call Drop Fault Analysis window

Icon Description

Cell Call Drop Fault TopN

pane Select a record and click to display the

Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Reason

Distribution pane and Selected Cell's Call

Drop Fault Record pane.

Display the times of cell call drop in a pie chart.

Selected Cell's Call Drop

Fault Reason Distribution

pane

Display the reasons of cell call drop in a pie

chart.

Page 258: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Icon Description

Selected Cell's Call Drop

Fault Record pane Select a record and click to display the

detailed content of corresponding SPU log of

the selected record, as shown in Figure 13-13.

For SPU log window, see section 7.7.2

"Analyzing SPU Subscriber's Log."

Display UE code in a pie chart.

Display different states of RRC Status in a pie

chart.

Display ECIO of the best cell in cumulative

probability chart.

Display RSCP of the best cell in cumulative

probability chart.

Figure 13-13 SPU Log Analysis window

Page 259: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-15

13.4.3 Introduction to Cell Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution Window

Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution Pane

The Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution pane displays the original analysis result and

times of generating call drop fault reason, as shown in Figure 13-14.

Figure 13-14 Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution Pane

Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN Pane

In the Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution window, select a result record, and click

on the toolbar.

The Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN pane is displayed, as shown in Figure

13-15.

Page 260: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-15 Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN pane

The Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN pane collects the statistics on the cells

where the fault happens and the times of call drop fault.

Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record Pane

In the Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN pane, select a result record, and click

on the toolbar.

The Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record pane is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-16.

Page 261: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-17

Figure 13-16 Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record pane

The Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record pane lists all drop fault record of the cell.

The RAB INFO, DROP RAB INFO and ACTIVE CELL INFO columns are too long, so

they are shown on the window as 00 00 00 …. Click a cell grid, the content of the selected

column is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-10, Figure 13-11, and Figure 13-12

Toolbar

Table 13-5 describes the functions of the toolbar of the Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution

window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 13-5 Toolbar on Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution window

Item Description

Cell Drop Fault Reason

Distribution pane Select a record and click to display the

Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault

TopN pane.

Display the reasons of cell call drop in a pie

chart.

Selected Fault Reason's Call

Drop Fault TopN pane Select a record and click to display the

Selected Cell's Call Drop Fault Record pane.

Display the number of the cells experiencing

call drops in a pie chart.

Page 262: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Selected Cell's Call Drop

Fault Record pane Select a record and click to display the

detailed content of corresponding SPU log of

the selected record, as shown in Figure 13-13.

Display UE code in a pie chart.

Display different states of RRC Status in a pie

chart.

Display ECIO of the best cell in cumulative

probability chart. chart.

Display RSCP of the best cell in cumulative

probability chart.

13.4.4 Introduction to Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Analysis Window

Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Pane

The Subscribers' Call Drop Fault pane displays the original analysis result and times of

generating call drop fault reason for each UE, as shown in Figure 13-17.

Page 263: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-19

Figure 13-17 Subscribers' Call Drop Fault pane

Subscribers Call Drop Fault Distribution Pane

In the Subscribers Call Drop Fault pane, select a result record, and click on the

toolbar.

The Subscribers Call Drop Fault Distribution pane is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-18.

Page 264: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-18 Subscribers Call Drop Fault Distribution pane

The Subscribers Call Drop Fault Distribution pane lists the times of generating call drop

by the selected UE according to the reason, and the fault records.

Selected Subscriber's Call Drop Fault Record Pane

In the Subscriber's Call Drop Fault window, select a result record, and click on the

toolbar.

The Selected Subscriber's Call Drop Fault Record pane is displayed, as shown in Figure

13-19.

Page 265: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-21

Figure 13-19 Selected Subscriber's Call Drop Fault Record pane

The Selected Subscriber's Call Drop Fault Record pane lists the detailed information on

each call drop generated by the selected UE.

The RAB INFO, DROP RAB INFO, and ACTIVE CELL INFO column are too long, so

they are shown on the window as 00 00 00 …. Click a cell grid, the content of the selected

column is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-10, Figure 13-11, and Figure 13-12

Toolbar

Table 13-6 describes the functions of the toolbar of the Subscribers Call Drop Analysis

window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 13-6 Toolbar on the Subscribers Call Drop Analysis window

Item Description

Subscribers' Call Drop Fault

pane Select a record and click to display the

Subscriber's Call Drop Fault Distribution

pane and Selected Subscribers' Call Drop

Fault Record pane.

Displays the times of call drop generating by

UE in a pie chart.

Subscriber's Call Drop Fault

Distribution pane

Displays the reasons of call drop in a pie chart.

Page 266: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Selected Subscribers' Call

Drop Fault Record pane Select a record and click to display the

detailed content of corresponding SPU log of

the selected record, as shown in Figure 13-14.

Displays the ID of the best cells in the pie chart.

Displays different states of RRC Status in a pie

chart.

Displays ECIO of the best cell in cumulative

probability chart.

Displays RSCP of the best cell in cumulative

probability chart.

13.4.5 Introduction to Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution Window

Multi Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution Pane

The Multi Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution window is the original

analysis result and statistic analyzes the reason of call drop generating by UE and the times of

call drop, as shown in Figure 13-20.

Page 267: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-23

Figure 13-20 Multi Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution pane

Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN of Subscribers Pane

In the Multi Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution window, select a result

record, and click on the toolbar.

The Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN of Subscribers pane is displayed, as

shown in Figure 13-21.

Page 268: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-21 Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN of Subscribers pane

The Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN of Subscribers pane is used to analyze

the UE where the call drop happens for this reason and the times of generating fault.

Selected UE's Call Drop Fault Record Pane

In the Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN of Subscribers window, select a

record, and click on the toolbar.

The Selected UE's Call Drop Fault Record pane is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-22.

Page 269: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-25

Figure 13-22 Selected UE's Call Drop Fault Record pane

The Selected UE's Call Drop Fault Record pane statistic analyzes the UE's call drop fault

record of the selected reason.

The content in the RAB INFO, DROP RAB INFO and ACTIVE CELL INFO column is

excessive and is therefore displayed as 00 00 00 …. If you click a cell grid, the content of the

selected column is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-10, Figure 13-11, and Figure 13-12

Toolbar

Table 13-7 describes the functions of the toolbar in the Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason

Distribution window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 13-7 Toolbar in the Subscribers' Call Drop Fault Reason Distribution window

Item Description

Multi Subscribers' Call

Drop Fault Reason

Distribution pane

Select a record and click to display the

Selected Fault Reason's Call Drop Fault TopN

of Subscribers pane.

Display the reasons of UE call drop in a pie

chart.

Selected Fault Reason's

Call Drop Fault TopN of Select a record, and click to display the

Selected UE's Call Drop Fault Record pane.

Page 270: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Subscribers page

Display code of the UE generating the call drop

in a pie chart.

Selected UE's Call Drop

Fault Record pane Select a record and click to display the

detailed content of corresponding SPU log of the

selected record, as shown in Figure 13-13.

Display the ID of the best cells in the pie chart.

Display different states of RRC Status in a pie

chart.

Display ECIO of the best cell in cumulative

probability chart.

Display RSCP of the best cell in cumulative

probability chart.

13.5 Analyzing Call Drop

To analyze call drop, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Call Drop Fault Analysis node, as shown in Figure 13-23.

Figure 13-23 Call Drop Fault Analysis node

The Call Drop Fault Analysis dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-24.

Page 271: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-27

Figure 13-24 Call Drop Fault Analysis dialog box

Table 13-8 describes the items in the Call Drop Fault Analysis dialog box.

Table 13-8 Items in the Call Drop Fault Analysis dialog box

Item Description

Time Set the begin time and the end time.

Available Cells Select the cells to be queried.

Step 2 Set the time and select the cells to be queried.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

The SPU Log Abnormal Statistics window is displayed, as shown in Figure 13-25.

Page 272: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-25 SPU Log Abnormal Statistics window

Table 13-9 describes the items in the SPU Log Abnormal Statistics window.

Table 13-9 Items in the SPU Log Abnormal Statistics window.

Item Description

Result window Drop Traffic type

tab

Displays the types of drop traffic.

Drop cells tab Displays the times of call drop generated by a cell.

Drop UEs tab Displays the times of call drop generated by a UE.

Toolbar

Select a record in the window shown in Figure

13-24, and click to generate the Call History

Record tab, as shown in

Figure 13-25.

The Call History Record tab shows the history of

the detailed records on call drops.

Select a record, and click to display the

results in a pie chart, as shown in Figure 13-26.

Secondary query.

Select a record, and click to view the details

of the selected record, as shown in Figure 13-27.

SPU hopping.

Select a record, and click to display the SPU

log information on the selected record, as shown in

Figure 13-28.

Page 273: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-29

Item Description

Switch the secondary query result window to the

SPU log window.

Select a record in the secondary query result

window, as shown in Figure 13-26.

Click to display SPU log information on the

selected record.

Figure 13-26 Call History Record tab

Page 274: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-27 SPU log statistic pie chart pane

Page 275: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 13 Call Drop Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 13-31

Figure 13-28 Abnormal Cell Of Selected Fail RAB Type pane

Page 276: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

13 Call Drop Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

13-32 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 13-29 SPU Log Analysis pane

----End

Page 277: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-1

14 Access Analysis

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

14.1 Data Requirements The data requirement for access analysis and the function

node in the navigator tree.

14.2 Introduction to Access

Analysis

The procedure for reviewing access history.

14.3 Introduction to the RRC

Access Procedure Analysis

The RRC access procedure analysis.

14.4 Introduction to the RAB

Access Procedure Analysis

The RAB access procedure analysis.

Page 278: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

14.1 Data Requirements

Before using the access analysis function, import the following data:

Traffic statistic data

It provides the access history information.

CHR data

It provides the detailed content of the access information.

Configuration parameter

It provides the detailed information on the cell, such as cell name and PSC value of the

cell.

The WCDMA Access Analysis node, a dependent function module, is displayed in the

Trouble Shooting pane, as shown in Figure 14-1.

Figure 14-1 WCDMA Access Analysis node

14.2 Introduction to Access Analysis

14.2.1 Reviewing Access History

To review the access history, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click Access History Review.

The Access History Review dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 14-2.

Page 279: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-3

Figure 14-2 Access History Review dialog box

Table 14-1 describes the items in the Access History Review dialog box.

Table 14-1 Items in the Access History Review dialog box.

Item Description

DateTime Set the begin time and end time to be queried.

RNC Select the NE objects to be queried in the RNC list.

Step 2 Set the query time and select the objects to be queried.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

The Access History Review window is displayed, as shown in Figure 14-3.

Page 280: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-3 Access History Review window

Table 14-2 describes the items in the Access History Review window.

Table 14-2 Items in the Access History Review window

Item Description

RRC Access History

Information Review tab

RNC Displays all the information about the RRC

access failure for the selected RNC.

Cell Displays all the information about the RRC

access failure for each cell in the selected RNC.

RAB Access History

Information Review tab

RNC Displays all the information about the RAB

access failure for the selected RNC.

Cell Displays all the information about the RAB

access failure for each cell in the selected RNC.

Toolbar

Secondary query access history trend.

For details, see section 14.2.2 "Secondarily

Analyzing Access History Trend."

Analyzes RF problem.

For details, see section 14.2.3 "Analyzing RF

Problems."

Further analyzes the access history trend.

For details, see section 14.2.4 "Further

Analyzing the Access History Trend."

Page 281: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-5

14.2.2 Secondarily Analyzing Access History Trend

To secondarily analyze access history trend, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Select a result record in the Access History Review window, and then click on the

toolbar.

The Access History Trend dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 14-4.

Figure 14-4 Access History Trend dialog box

Table 14-3 describes the items in the Access History Trend dialog box.

Table 14-3 Items in the Access History Trend dialog box

Item Description

Date Set the begin date and end date.

Time Set the time range for querying, including the

following three types:

All Day Time: all day time.

Busy Time: up to three time ranges.

Auto-Search Busy Time: busy time that is

automatically searched.

Page 282: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Item Description

Time Statistics Granularity Statistics granularity, including the following two

styles:

Fixed Statistic Style: statistic analyze by Raw

Record Unit, Hour, Day, Week, and Month.

Custom Style: statistic analyze according to

customization.

Network Element RNC Query objects of RNC level.

Cell Query objects of cell level.

Step 2 Set the query conditions in the Access History Trend dialog box.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

The Query Result window is displayed, as shown in Figure 14-5.

Figure 14-5 Query Result window

14.2.3 Analyzing RF Problems

Click the black arrow of on the toolbar, the RF analysis menu is displayed, as shown

in Figure 14-6.

Page 283: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-7

Figure 14-6 RF analysis menu

Table 14-4 describes the sub-menus in the RF analysis menu.

Table 14-4 Sub-menus in the RF analysis menu

Sub-Menu Description

ECIO Coverage Analysis Analyzes the ECIO coverage of cell.

TP Coverage Analysis Analyzes the coverage distance.

Neighbor Missing Analysis Analyzes the inter-frequency missing neighbor.

Interference Analysis Analyzes the interference.

14.2.4 Further Analyzing the Access History Trend

To further analyze the access history, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Click on the toolbar in the Access History Review window.

The Call RRC Access Procedure Analysis dialog box is displayed, as is shown in Figure

14-7.

Page 284: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-7 Call RRC Access Procedure Analysis dialog box

Table 14-5 describes the items in the CHR Access Information dialog box.

Table 14-5 Items in the CHR Access Information dialog box

Item Description

Date Time Set the begin time and end time to be queried.

Type RRC

Analysis

Select one of the following access types to generate

relevant analysis result:

Cell RPC Connection Request Fault Analysis.

Cell RPC Connection Request Fault Reason.

Subscribers' RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis.

Subscribers' RRC Connection Request Fault Reason.

Page 285: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-9

Item Description

RAB

Analysis

Select one of the following access types to generate

relevant analysis result:

Cell RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis

Cell RAB Assignment Request Fault Reason

Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis

Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Reason

Available Subscribers Select the user equipment to be queried.

NOTE

The Available Subscribers field is available, only when

Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis or

Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Reason is

selected.

Available Cells Select the cells to be queried.

NOTE

The Available Cells field is available, only when Cell RAB

Assignment Request Fault Analysis or Cell RAB Assignment

Request Fault Reason is selected.

Step 2 Set each query condition in the CHR Access Information dialog box.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

14.3 Introduction to the RRC Access Procedure Analysis

14.3.1 Analyzing the RRC Access Procedure

To analyze the RRC access procedure, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Cell RRC Access Procedure Analysis node on the navigator tree.

The Cell RRC Access Procedure Analysis dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 14-8.

Page 286: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-8 Cell RRC Access Procedure Analysis dialog box

Step 2 Set the query time and analysis type, and then select user equipment or cells.

Step 3 Click OK.

----End

Based on the Type field that you specify in the Cell RRC Access Procedure Analysis dialog

box, an output window is displayed.

The window may be:

RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis Window

RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis Window

Access Fault Analysis of RRC Subscribers Window

RRC Subscribers' RRC Access Fault Reason Analysis Window

Page 287: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-11

14.3.2 RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis Window

The RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis window contains the following parts:

Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis Pane

User select cell's RRC Fault Reason Distribution Pane

User select cell's RRC Fault Record Pane

Toolbar

Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis Pane

The Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis pane shows the original analysis result,

and statistic analysis times of RRC Connection Request fault for every cell, as shown in

Figure 14-9.

Figure 14-9 Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis pane

User select cell's RRC Fault Reason Distribution Pane

In the Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis pane, select a result record, and then

click on the toolbar.

The User select cell's RRC Fault Reason Distribution pane is displayed, as shown in Figure

14-10.

Page 288: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-10 User select cell's RRC Fault Reason Distribution pane

The User select cell's RRC Fault Reason Distribution pane analyzes the RRC connection

request fault of the selected cell by reason and displays the error records.

User select cell's RRC Fault Record Pane

In the Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis pane, select a result record, and then

click on the toolbar.

The User select cell's RRC Fault Record pane is displayed, as shown in Figure 14-11.

Page 289: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-13

Figure 14-11 User select cell's RRC Fault Record pane

The User select cell's RRC Fault Record pane lists the detailed information on RRC

connection request faults for all selected cells.

The content in the RACH MEASUREMENT REPORT column is excessive and is therefore

displayed as 00 00 00 …. If you click a cell grid, the content of the column is displayed, as

shown Figure 14-12.

Page 290: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-12 Resolution dialog box for RACH MEASUREMENT REPORT

Toolbar

Table 14-6 describes the functions of the toolbar in the RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis

window. The toolbar has different functions in different panes.

Table 14-6 Toolbar in the RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis window

Item Description

Cell RRC Connection

Request Fault Analysis Select a record and click to display the

User select cell's RRC Fault Reason

Distribution pane and User select cell's RRC

Fault Record pane.

Display the times of RRC connection request

fault in a pie chart.

User select cell's RRC Fault

Reason Distribution

Display the reasons of RRC connection request

fault in a pie chart.

Page 291: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-15

Item Description

User select cell's RRC Fault

Record Select a record and click to display SPU

Log Analysis window.

The SPU Log Analysis window shows the

detailed content of the selected record.

Display the UE code in a pie chart.

Display the different reasons of RRC Establish

Cause in a pie chart.

Display different status of RRC Status in a pie

chart.

Display redirection type in a pie chart.

Display distribution delay in PDF chart.

14.3.3 RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis Window

Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Reason Pane

As the original analysis result, the Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Reason pane is

used to analyze times of RRC connection request fault for each cell, as shown in Figure

14-13.

Page 292: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-13 Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Reason pane

Cell RRC Fault TopN of User select Fault Reason Pane

In the Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Reason window, select a result record, and click

on the toolbar.

The Cell RRC Fault TopN of User select Fault Reason pane is displayed, as shown in

Figure 14-14.

The Cell RRC Fault TopN of User select Fault Reason pane analyzes the cells where the

call drop fault happens and the numbers of generated faults.

Page 293: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-17

Figure 14-14 Cell RRC Fault TopN of User Select Fault Reason pane

User select cell and Fault Reason's RRC Fault Record Pane

In the Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Reason pane, select a record, and click on

the toolbar.

The User select cell and Fault Reason's RRC Fault Record pane is displayed, as shown in

Figure 14-15.

The User select cell and Fault Reason's RRC Fault Record pane analyzes the cell

connection request fault.

Page 294: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-15 User select cell and Fault Reason's RRC Fault Record pane

In the Cell RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis window, the content in the RACH

MEASUREMENT REPORT column is excessive, and is therefore displayed as 00 00 00 ….

If you click a cell grid, the content of the column is displayed, as shown Figure 14-12.

Toolbar

Table 14-7 describes the functions of the toolbar in the RRC Cell Access Fault Analysis

window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 14-7 Items on the toolbar

Item Description

Cell RRC Connection

Request Fault Reason pane Select a record and click to display the Cell

RRC Fault TopN of User Select Fault Reason

pane.

Display the times of cell access in a pie chart.

Cell RRC Fault TopN of

User Select Fault Reason

pane

Select a record and click to display the Cell

RRC Fault TopN of User select Fault Reason

pane.

Display the reasons of the cell access fault in the

pie chart.

Page 295: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-19

Item Description

Cell RRC Fault TopN of

User select Fault Reason

pane

Select a record and click to display the SPU

Log Analysis window.

The SPU Log Analysis window shows the

detailed content of the selected record.

Display the UE code in a pie chart.

Display the different reasons of RRC Establish

Cause in a pie chart.

Display the different states of RRC Status in a

pie chart.

Display redirection type in a pie chart.

Display distribution delay in a CDF chart.

14.3.4 Access Fault Analysis of RRC Subscribers Window

Subscribers' RRC Fault TopN Pane

The Subscribers' RRC Fault TopN pane displays the original analysis result and times of

RRC Connection Request fault for each UE, as shown in Figure 14-16.

Page 296: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-16 Subscribers' RRC Fault TopN pane

Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Distribution Pane

In the Subscribers' RRC Fault TopN window, select a result record, and click on the

toolbar.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Distribution pane is displayed, as shown

in Figure 14-17.

Based on the reason why the selected UE is generated, the Subscriber <User select UEID>'s

RRC Fault Distribution pane analyzes the fault of RRC Connection request, and shows the

fault records.

Page 297: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-21

Figure 14-17 Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Distribution pane

Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record Pane

In the Subscribers' RRC Fault TopN pane, select a result record, and click on the

toolbar.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record pane is displayed, as shown in

Figure 14-18.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record pane lists detailed information on

each RRC connection request fault for the selected UE.

Page 298: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-18 Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record pane

In the Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record pane, the content in the RACH

MEASUREMENT REPORT column is excessive, and is therefore displayed as 00 00 00 ….

If you click a cell grid, the content of the column is displayed, as shown Figure 14-12.

Toolbar

Table 14-8 describes the functions of the toolbar on the Subscribers' RRC Connection

Request Fault Analysis window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 14-8 Toolbar on Subscribers' RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis window

Item Description

Subscribers' RRC Fault

TopN pane Select a record and click to display the

Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault

Distribution pane and Subscriber <User select

UEID>'s RRC Fault Record pane.

Display times of UE access in a pie chart.

Subscriber <User select

UEID>'s RRC Fault

Distribution pane

Display the reasons of the cell access fault in a

pie chart.

Page 299: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-23

Item Description

Subscriber <User select

UEID>'s RRC Fault Record

pane

Select a record and click to display the

SPU Log Analysis window.

The SPU Log Analysis window shows the

detailed content of the selected record.

Display the ID of the best cells in the pie chart.

Display the different reasons of RRC Establish

Cause in a pie chart.

Display the different states of RRC Status in a

pie chart.

Display redirection type in a pie chart.

Display distribution delay in a CDF chart.

14.3.5 RRC Subscribers' RRC Access Fault Reason Analysis Window

Subscribers' RRC Fault Reason Distribution Pane

The Subscribers' RRC Fault Reason Distribution pane is the original analysis result, and

analyzes the reasons and times of RRC Connection Request fault, as shown in Figure 14-19.

Page 300: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-19 Subscribers' RRC Fault Reason Distribution pane

Subscriber RRC Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> Pane

In the Subscribers' RRC Fault Reason Distribution window, select a result record, and

click on the toolbar.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Distribution pane is displayed, as shown

in Figure 14-20.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Distribution pane analyzes the UE

where the fault happens and the times of fault generation.

Page 301: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-25

Figure 14-20 Subscriber RRC Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> pane

<User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason Pane

In the subscriber RRC Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> pane, select a result

record, and click on the toolbar.

The <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason pane is

displayed, as shown in Figure 14-21.

The <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason pane analyzes

the UE's call drop fault record of the selected reason.

Page 302: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-21 <User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane

The content in the RACH MEASUREMENT REPORT column is excessive and is therefore

displayed as 00 00 00 …. If you click a cell grid, the content of the column is displayed, as

shown Figure 14-12.

Toolbar

Table 14-9 describes the functions of the toolbar on the Subscribers' RRC Connection

Request Fault Reason window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 14-9 Toolbar on Subscribers ' RRC Connection Request Fault Reason window

Item Description

Subscribers' RRC Fault

Reason Distribution pane Select a record and click to display the

Subscriber RRC Fault TopN of <User

select Fault Reason> pane.

Display times of UE access fault reason in a

pie chart.

Page 303: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-27

Item Description

Subscriber RRC Fault TopN

of <User select Fault

Reason> pane

Selects a record and click to display the

<User select UEID>'s RRC Fault Record of

<User select Fault Reason> pane.

Displays the code of the UE generating access

fault in a pie chart.

<User select UEID>'s RRC

Fault Record of <User select

Fault Reason> pane

Selects a record and click to display the

SPU Log Analysis window.

The SPU Log Analysis window shows the

detailed content of the selected record.

Displays the IDs of the best cells in a pie

chart.

Displays the different reasons of RRC

Establish Cause in a pie chart.

Displays the different states of RRC Status in

a pie chart.

Displays redirection type in a pie chart.

Displays distribution delay in a CDF chart.

14.4 Introduction to the RAB Access Procedure Analysis

14.4.1 Analyzing the RAB Access Procedure

To analyze the RAB access procedure, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click the Cell RAB Access Procedure Analysis node in the Trouble Shooting pane.

The Cell RAB Access Procedure Analysis dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 14-22.

Page 304: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-22 Cell RAB Access Procedure Analysis dialog box

Page 305: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-29

Table 14-10 describes the items in the Cell RAB Access Procedure Analysis dialog box.

Table 14-10 Items in the Cell RAB Access Procedure Analysis dialog box

Item Description

Date Time Set the begin time and end time.

Type RRC

Analysis

Select one of the following access types to generate

corresponding analysis result:

Cell RPC Connection Request Fault Analysis.

Cell RPC Connection Request Fault Reason.

Subscribers' RRC Connection Request Fault Analysis.

Subscribers' RRC Connection Request Fault Reason.

RAB

Analysis

Select one of the following access types to generate

corresponding analysis result:

Cell RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis

Cell RAB Assignment Request Fault Reason.

Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis

Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Reason

Available Subscribers Select the user equipment to be queried. If cell object

access analysis is selected, the user equipment is not

available.

Available Cells Select the cells to be queried. If user equipment access

analysis is selected, the cells are not available.

Step 2 Set the query time and analysis type, and then select user equipment or cells.

Step 3 Click OK.

For the analysis result, see the later sections.

----End

14.4.2 Cell RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis Window

The Cell RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis window contains the following parts:

Cell RAB Fault TopN Pane

<User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Distribution Pane

<User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record Pane

Toolbar

Cell RAB Fault TopN Pane

The Cell RAB Fault TopN pane shows the original analysis result, and statistic analysis

times of RAB assignment request fault for each cell, as shown in Figure 14-23.

Page 306: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-23 Cell RAB Fault TopN pane

<User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Distribution Pane

In the Cell RAB Fault TopN pane, select a result record, and then click on the toolbar.

The <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane is displayed, as shown in Figure

14-24.

Page 307: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-31

Figure 14-24 <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane

The <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane analyzes the RAB assignment

request fault of the selected cell by reason and displays the error records.

<User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record Pane

In the <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane, select a result record, and then

click on the toolbar.

The <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record pane is displayed, as shown in Figure 14-25.

Page 308: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-32 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-25 <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record pane

The <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record pane lists the detailed information on RAB

Assignment Request faults of all selected cells.

In the <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record pane, the content of RAB INFO, FAIL

RAB INFO, and ACTIVE SET INFO column is excessive, and is therefore displayed as 00

00 00 …. If you click a cell grid, the content of the column is displayed, as shown Figure

14-26, Figure 14-27, and Figure 14-28.

Page 309: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-33

Figure 14-26 Resolution dialog box for RAB INFO column

Figure 14-27 Resolution dialog box for FAIL RAB INFO column

Page 310: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-34 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-28 Resolution dialog box for ACTIVE SET INFO column

Toolbar

Table 14-11 describes the functions of the toolbar in the Cell RAB Assignment Request

Fault Analysis window. The toolbar has different functions in different panes.

Table 14-11 Items on the toolbar

Item Description

Cell RAB Fault TopN pane Select a record and click to display User

select cell's RAB Fault Reason Distribution

pane and User select cell's RAB Fault Record

pane.

Display the times of cell access fault in a pie

chart.

<User select cell ID>'s RAB

Fault Distribution pane

Display the reasons of cell access request fault

in a pie chart.

Page 311: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-35

Item Description

<User select cell ID>'s RAB

Fault Record pane Select a record and click to display the

SPU Log Analysis window, as shown in Figure

14-29.

The SPU Log Analysis window shows the

detailed content of the selected record.

Display the UE code in a pie chart.

Display the Ec/Io value of the best cell in a CDF

chart.

Display the different reasons of Source RRC

Establish Cause in a pie chart.

Display different states of Destination RRC

Establish Cause in a pie chart.

Display the RSCP value of the best cell in a

CDF chart.

Figure 14-29 SPU Log Analysis window

Page 312: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-36 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

14.4.3 Cell RAB Assignment Request Fault Reason Window

RAB Fault Reason Distribution Pane

The RAB Fault Reason Distribution pane is the original analysis result, and analyzes times

of RAB assignment request fault for each cell, as shown in Figure 14-30.

Figure 14-30 RAB Fault Reason Distribution pane

Cell RAB Fault TopN of User select Fault Reason Pane

In the RAB Fault Reason Distribution window, select a result record, and click on the

toolbar.

The Cell RAB Fault TopN of User select Fault Reason pane, as shown in Figure 14-31.

The Cell RAB Fault TopN of User select Fault Reason pane analyzes the cell where the call

drop fault happens and the times of generating a fault.

Page 313: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-37

Figure 14-31 Cell RAB Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> pane

<User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> Pane

In the Cell RAB Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> pane, select a record, and click

on the toolbar.

The <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane is

displayed, as shown in Figure 14-32.

Page 314: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-38 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-32 <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane

The <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane

statistic analyzes the call drop records of the cells generating the selected reason.

In the <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> window,

the content of RAB INFO, FAIL RAB INFO, and ACTIVE SET INFO column is excessive,

and is therefore displayed as 00 00 00 …. If you click a cell grid, the content of the column is

displayed, as shown Figure 14-26, Figure 14-27, and Figure 14-28.

Toolbar

Table 14-12 describes the functions of the toolbar on the Cell RAB Assignment Request

Fault Reason window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 14-12 Items on the toolbar

Item Description

RAB Fault Reason

Distribution pane Select a record and click to display the

Cell RAB Fault TopN of <User select Fault

Reason> pane.

Display the causes of RAB access fault in a pie

chart.

Page 315: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-39

Item Description

Cell RAB Fault TopN of

<User select Fault Reason>

pane

Select a record and click to display the

<User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record of

<User select Fault Reason> pane.

Display the times of cell access fault in a pie

chart.

<User select cell ID>'s RAB

Fault Record of <User select

Fault Reason>pane

Select a record and click to display the

SPU Log Analysis window, as shown in Figure

14-29.

The SPU Log Analysis window shows the

detailed content of the selected record.

Display the UE code in a pie chart.

Display the Ec/Io value of the best cell in a CDF

chart.

Display the different reasons of Source RRC

Establish Cause in a pie chart.

Display different states of Destination RRC

Establish Cause in a pie chart.

Display the RSCP value of the best cell in a

CDF chart.

14.4.4 Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Analysis Window

Subscribers' RAB Fault TopN Pane

The Subscribers' RAB Fault TopN pane is the original analysis result, and analyzes times of

RAB assignment request fault for each UE, as shown in Figure 14-33.

Page 316: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-40 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-33 Subscribers' RAB Fault TopN pane

Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Distribution Pane

In the Subscribers' RAB Fault TopN window, select a result record, and click on the

toolbar.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane is displayed, as shown

in Figure 14-34.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane analyzes the fault of

RAB assignment request generated by the selected UE owing to the cause, and shows the

fault records.

Page 317: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-41

Figure 14-34 Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane

Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record Pane

In the Subscribers' RAB Fault TopN pane, select a result record, and click on the

toolbar.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record pane is displayed, as shown in

Figure 14-35.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record pane lists detailed information on

each RAB connection request fault in the selected UE.

Page 318: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-42 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-35 Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record pane

In the Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record window, the content of RAB

INFO, FAIL RAB INFO, and ACTIVE SET INFO column is excessive, and therefore is

displayed as 00 00 00 …. If you click a cell grid, the content of the column is displayed, as

shown Figure 14-26, Figure 14-27, and Figure 14-28.

Toolbar

Table 14-13 describes the functions of the toolbar on the Subscribers' RAB Assignment

Request Fault Analysis window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 14-13 Descriptions of the toolbar

Item Description

Subscribers' RAB Fault

TopN pane Select a record and click to display

Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault

Distribution pane and Subscriber <User select

UEID>'s RAB Fault Record pane.

Display times of UE access in a pie chart.

Subscriber <User select

UEID>'s RAB Fault

Distribution pane

Display the reasons of the cell access fault in the

pie chart.

Page 319: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-43

Item Description

Subscriber <User select

UEID>'s RAB Fault Record

pane

Select a record and click to display the

SPU Log Analysis window, as shown in Figure

14-29.

The SPU Log Analysis window shows the

detailed content of the selected record.

Displays the ID of the best cells in the pie chart.

Display the Ec/Io value of the best cell in a CDF

chart.

Display the different reasons of Source RRC

Establish Cause in a pie chart.

Display different states of Destination RRC

Establish Cause in a pie chart.

Display the RSCP value of the best cell in a

CDF chart.

14.4.5 Subscribers' RAB Assignment Request Fault Reason Window

RAB Fault Reason Distribution Pane

The RAB Fault Reason Distribution pane is the original analysis result, and statistic

analyzes the reasons and times of RAB assignment request fault, as shown in Figure 14-36.

Page 320: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-44 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-36 RAB Fault Reason Distribution pane

Subscriber RAB Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> Pane

In the RAB Fault Reason Distribution window, select a result record, and click on the

toolbar.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane is displayed, as shown

in Figure 14-37.

The Subscriber <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Distribution pane analyzes the UE where

the fault happens and the times of generating a fault.

Page 321: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-45

Figure 14-37 Subscriber RAB Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> window

Cell <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> Pane

In the Subscriber RAB Fault TopN of <User select Fault Reason> pane, select a result

record, and click on the toolbar.

The Cell <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane is

displayed, as shown in Figure 14-38.

Page 322: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

14 Access Analysis

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

14-46 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 14-38 Cell <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane

The Cell <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane

statistic analyzes the UE's call drop record for the selected reason.

The <User select cell ID>'s RAB Fault Record of <User select Fault Reason> window, the

content of RAB INFO, FAIL RAB INFO, and ACTIVE SET INFO column is excessive,

and is therefore displayed as 00 00 00 … . If you click a cell grid, the content of the column is

displayed, as shown Figure 14-26, Figure 14-27, and Figure 14-28.

Toolbar

Table 14-14 describes the functions of the toolbar in the RAB Assignment Request Fault

Reason window. The toolbar in different panes has different functions.

Table 14-14 Descriptions of the toolbar

Item Description

RAB Fault Reason

Distribution pane Select a record and click to display the

Subscriber RAB Fault TopN of <User

select Fault Reason> pane.

Display the times of UE access fault reason in

the pie chart.

Page 323: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 14 Access Analysis

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 14-47

Item Description

Subscriber RAB Fault TopN

of <User select Fault

Reason> pane

Select a record and click to display the

Cell <User select UEID>'s RAB Fault

Record of <User select Fault Reason> pane.

Display code of the UE generating access

fault in a pie chart.

Cell <User select UEID>'s

RAB Fault Record of <User

select Fault Reason> pane

Select a record and click to display the

SPU Log Analysis window, as shown in

Figure 14-29.

The SPU Log Analysis window shows the

detailed content of the selected record.

Displays the ID of the best cells in the pie

chart.

Display the Ec/Io value of the best cell in a

CDF chart.

Display the different reasons of Source RRC

Establish Cause in a pie chart.

Display different states of Destination RRC

Establish Cause in a pie chart.

Display the RSCP value of the best cell in a

CDF chart.

Page 324: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English
Page 325: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-1

15 FAQ

About This Chapter

The following table describes the contents of this chapter.

Section Describes

15.1 Problem Caused by

MSDE Uninstalled

Incompletely

The problem caused by MSDE uninstalled incompletely

and the method to resolve it.

15.2 Problem Caused by

MSDE Started up Incorrectly

How to start up MSDE manually.

15.3 MSDE Provided by

Microsoft Cannot Be

Uninstalled

How to uninstall MSDE.

15.4 Error Appears When You

Type the Path Directly During

the Project Creation

The reason why the project cannot be created and the

method to resolve it.

15.5 The Map Cannot Be

Displayed

The reason why the map cannot be displayed.

15.6 PDF Chart and CDF

Chart

The PDF chart and CDF chart.

Page 326: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

15.1 Problem Caused by MSDE Uninstalled Incompletely Problem:

After the MSDE is uninstalled, reinstalling the MSDE in the system fails.

Analysis:

Because MSDE is not uninstalled completely, there are still MSDE instance files on the

disk and registry table.

Answer:

Manually delete the MSDE instance files existing in the disk and registry table, and then

reinstall it. Pay attention to the following two parts:

− MSDE register table information: Open registry table to check whether it has the key

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Microsoft SQL

Server\GENEX. If so, delete it.

− MSDE disk path: Stop the MSDE service before manual installation, then delete the

disk path (C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\MSSQL$GENEX).

After the remaining MSDE instance files are cleared, you can reinstall MSDE

successfully.

15.2 Problem Caused by MSDE Started up Incorrectly Problem:

When the MSDE is started up incorrectly, the system prompts that the database cannot

be connected. The problem involves how to start up MSDE manually.

Answer:

To solve the problem, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Choose Start > All Programs > Microsoft SQL Server > Service Manager.

The SQL Server Service Manager dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 15-1.

Page 327: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-3

Figure 15-1 SQL Server Service Manager dialog box

Step 2 Type the sever name (machine name \GENEX) in the Server field.

Step 3 Click Start/Continue to start MSDE.

----End

NOTE If you want to check whether MSDE is activated, you can display the SQL Server Service Manager

dialog box. Select correct server name, and click Refresh services…, the dialog box shows the state of

MSDE.

15.3 MSDE Provided by Microsoft Cannot Be Uninstalled Problem:

The MSDE provided by Microsoft cannot be uninstalled.

Analysis:

There are some bugs in the Microsoft MSDE.

Answer:

Replace the MSDE in the system with the MSDE in the installation package of this

software. Perform the following steps:

Step 1 Choose Start > All Programs > Microsoft SQL Server > Service Manager.

The SQL Server Service Manager dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 15-1

Step 2 Manually delete the existing MSDE instance files stored on the disk and registry table.

After the remaining MSDE instance files are cleared, you can reinstall MSDE successfully.

----End

Page 328: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

15.4 Error Appears When You Type the Path Directly During the Project Creation

Problem:

When you directly type the path for the project during creating a project, the project can

not be created successfully.

Analysis:

The following three causes may lead to a project creation failure:

− The path the user typed does not exist.

− The user has no permission to operate the file folder.

− The disk space is insufficient for the project.

Answer:

Ensure that the path exists and you have the permission to operate the file folder, and

Check whether the disk has sufficient space for the project.

15.5 The Map Cannot Be Displayed Correctly Problem:

The map is not displayed after the project parameters are imported.

Answer:

Check whether GENEX Share component is installed correctly. If the GENEX Share is

not installed, install the GENEX Share. Then the map can be displayed normally.

15.6 PDF Chart and CDF Chart

During coverage analysis, the PDF and CDF charts are concerned. Here we introduce them

briefly.

PDF: Probability Distribution Function

Reflects the percentage of each value. It is mostly shown in bar chart and marked each

percent value.

CDF: Cumulative Distribution Function

Reflects the percentage of each value after being accumulated. It is mostly shown in line

chart and marked with percent values.

For example, the number series {2, 4, 6, 8, and 10} displayed on the two map charts are

described as follows:

PDF chart

The number series on X-axis is {1, 2, 3, 4, and 5}, while the number series on Y-axis is

{2, 4, 6, 8, 10}. The probability of Y-axis is {6.6%, 13.3%, 20%, 26.7%, 33.3%}.

CDF chart

The number series on X-axis is {1, 2, 3, 4, and 5}, while the number series on Y-axis is

{6.6%, 19.9%, 39.9%, 66.6%, and 100%}. The CDF chart shows a cumulative effect.

Page 329: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-5

15.7 Detail Description about the Configuration Analysis

15.7.1 MML File Compare

Function description

MML File Compare is the function which can compare two HUAWEI RNC MML

configuration script and output the different of their content about some configuration

parameters in RNC level. You can see the appendix to check what parameters it can support.

The configuration file contains some RNC level parameter, specially for the wireless network

optimization information of the RNC. The parameters of network layer are of great

significance for the network optimization.

The MML files of the same RNC may differ based on the network status and time. By

comparing them, engineers can find out the effect that each parameter takes modifies on the

network.

How to Compare MML files

To compare the MML files, first Open GENEX Nastar WCDMA and open a project, then

perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click MML File Compare of the WCDMA Configuration Analysis node, or you

can select MML File Compare and Execute on the shortcut menu.

The Compare MML File dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 15-2.

Page 330: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Figure 15-2 Compare MML File dialog box

Table 15-1 lists the items in the Compare MML File dialog box.

Table 15-1 Items in the Compare MML File dialog box

Item Description

Compare Files First MML file Click to select the first MML

file to be compared.

Second MML

file Click to select the second

MML file to be compared.

Compare Option RNC Select the configuration parameters

of the RNC level, as listed in Table

12-4.

Table 15-2 RNC configuration parameter

Level 1 Level 2

RNC

RNC Algorithm Switch

Access

Handoff

Page 331: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-7

Level 1 Level 2

Resource Control

Load Control

Power Control

Step 2 Select the two MML files to be compared.

Step 3 Select the parameters to be compared.

The configuration parameters of the RNC level and Cell level cannot be selected at the same time.

Step 4 Click OK.

The Comparing MML Files window is displayed, as shown in Figure 15-3.

Figure 15-3 Comparing MML Files window

Page 332: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

15.7.2 Configuration Change Compare Report

Function description

Configuration Change Compare Report function to generate a configuration change compare

report, which can output the different from the two configuration information. The compared

two MML file configuration must belong to the same RNC and output in different time.

How to Generate a Configuration Change Compare Report

To compare the MML files, first Open GENEX Nastar WCDMA and open a project, then

perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click Configuration Change Compare Report of the WCDMA Configuration

Analysis node.

The MML Compare dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 15-4.

Figure 15-4 MML Compare dialog box

Step 2 Click Browse to select a path for the configuration parameter compare report.

Step 3 Click next to the Name in The First MML File field.

The MML File Selection dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 15-5.

Page 333: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-9

Figure 15-5 MML File Selection dialog box

Step 4 Select the first MML file to be compared in the MML File Selection dialog box, and click

OK to return to the MML Compare dialog box.

Step 5 Click next to the Name in The Second MML File field.

Step 6 Select the second MML file to be compared in the MML File Selection dialog box.

Step 7 Click OK in the MML File Selection dialog box.

The MML Compare dialog box is displayed as in Figure 12-18 and Table 12-6 describes the

file information in the MML Compare dialog box.

Table 12-6 File information on the two MM files

File Information

Description

Name Indicates the name of the selected file.

RNC ID Indicates the ID of the RNC to which the configuration file belongs.

The RNC ID of the two files must be the same.

Export time

start

Indicates the start time for exporting the configuration file.

Export time

end

Indicates the end time for exporting the configuration file.

The time is used to judge the file whether it is an early version or a later one.

The exporting end time of the two files cannot be the same.

BAM version Indicates the BAM version.

The two files must belong to the same BAM version.

Step 8 Click OK. Then you can get the configuration query result.

Page 334: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

15.7.3 Comparing Configuration With Baseline

Function description

For each HUAWEI WCDMA RNC version, there is a default MML file with the default

configuration parameter

How to Comparing Configuration With Baseline

To compare the configuration parameter with the baseline, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Double-click Compare Configuration with Baseline of the WCDMA Configuration

Analysis node.

The Compare Configuration with Baseline dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure

12-20.

Figure 12-20 Compare configuration with baseline dialog box

Step 2 Set on the Compare configuration with baseline dialog box.

Click the first to select the file path for saving the report.

Click the second to select the MML file to be compared.

Click the third to select the baseline file.

Step 3 Click OK.

The Configuration Compare with Baseline report is generated, as shown in Figure 12-22.

Page 335: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-11

Figure 12-21 Configuration Compare with Baseline report

15.7.4 The MML Command List which processed in Configuration Change Compare Report and Comparing Configuration with Baseline

The Following MML Command Will Compared in Configuration Change Compare Report.

SET ADMCTRL

SET CACALGOSWITCH

SET DCCC

SET DRD

SET HOCOMM

SET INTERFREQHOCOV

SET INTERFREQHONCOV

SET INTERRATHOCOV

SET INTERRATHONCOV

SET INTRAFREQHO

Page 336: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

SET SRNSR

ADD NODEBCONGCTRL

ADD AICH

ADD BCH

ADD CELLCAC

ADD CELLCBSSAC

ADD CELLDCCC

ADD CELLDRD

ADD CELLFRC

ADD CELLHOCOMM

ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV

ADD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV

ADD CELLINTERFREQHOTA

ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV

ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV

ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO

ADD CELLLDB

ADD CELLMEAS

ADD CELLPUC

ADD CELLRLPWR

ADD CELLSELRESEL

ADD CELLSETUP

ADD CELLSIBSWITCH

ADD CHPWROFFSET

ADD CTCH

ADD FACH

ADD FACHDYNTFS

ADD FACHLOCH

ADD PCH

ADD PCHDYNTFS

ADD PCPICH

ADD PICH

ADD PRACHACTOASCMAP

Page 337: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-13

ADD PRACHASC

ADD PRACHBASIC

ADD PRACHSLOTFORMAT

ADD PRACHTFC

ADD PSCH

ADD PSINACTTIMER

ADD RACH

ADD RACHDYNTFS

ADD RESERVEOVSF

ADD SCCPCHBASIC

ADD SSCH

The Following Command Will Be Compared in Comparing Configuration With Baseline.

ADD AICH

ADD BCH

ADD CELLAMRC

ADD CELLCAC

ADD CELLDRD

ADD CELLHCS

ADD CELLHCSHO

ADD CELLHOCOMM

ADD CELLHSDPA

ADD CELLHSDPCCH

ADD CELLHSSCCH

ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV

ADD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV

ADD CELLINTERFREQHOTA

ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV

ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV

ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO

ADD CELLLDB

ADD CELLLDM

ADD CELLLDR

Page 338: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

ADD CELLMEAS

ADD CELLOLC

ADD CELLOLPC

ADD CELLPUC

ADD CELLRLACTTIME

ADD CELLRLPWR

ADD CELLSELRESEL

ADD CELLSETUP

ADD CHPWROFFSET

ADD CTCH

ADD FACH

ADD FACHDYNTFS

ADD FACHLOCH

ADD GSMNCELL

ADD INTERFREQNCELL

ADD INTRAFREQNCELL

ADD PCH

ADD PCHDYNTFS

ADD PCPICH

ADD PICH

ADD PRACHACTOASCMAP

ADD PRACHASC

ADD PRACHBASIC

ADD PRACHSLOTFORMAT

ADD PSCH

ADD RACH

ADD SCCPCHBASIC

ADD SCCPCHTFC

ADD SSCH

SET FRC

SET HOCOMM

User can get the detail description about the all above commands and their parameters in 15.7.5 .

Page 339: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-15

15.7.5 RNC configuration parameter

There are five parameter types that Nastar WCDMA support: RNC Algorithm Switch, Access,

Handoff, Resource Control, Load Control, Power Control. And the compare result will five

tabs for each command. Now start to introduce the paramaters each type included.

RNC Algorithm Switch

This type has one command that be included in MML parameter compare.

Command Description

SET CORRMALGOSWITCH Use this command to set the connection-oriented

algorithm switches in the RNC.

These commands include these parameters as follows:

Command Parameter Recommendedvalue

SET

CORRMALGOSWITCH

AMRC_SWITCH OFF

BE_RATE_DOWN_BF_HO_SWITC

H

OFF

DCCC_SWITCH ON

DOWNLINK_BLIND_DETECTION

_SWITCH

ON

DL_INNER_LOOP_POWER_CTRL_

SWITCH

ON

FRC_FP_MODE_SWITCH ON

FRC_PDCP_COMPRESS_SWITCH OFF

HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAU

LT_CONFIG_SWITCH

ON

IGNORE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH ON

IMS_SUPPORT_ACTIVATION ON

IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH OFF

IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH OFF

IUB_OVERBOOKING_SWITCH OFF

IUUP_V2_SPT_SWITCH: OFF

LOSSLESS_RELOCIN_SWITCH OFF

MULTI_RAB_SWITCH ON

PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_S

WITCH

OFF

Page 340: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Command Parameter Recommendedvalue

PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH OFF

PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWI

TCH

OFF

RATE_ADJ_BY_DL_TCP_SWITCH OFF

RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH ON

RLC_RETRANS_MEASURE_SWIT

CH

ON

RSC_FEEDBK_AFTER_SETUPRAB

_FAIL_SWITCH

OFF

6F6G_SWITCH OFF

ACT_SET_QUAL_SWITCH ON

CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH OFF

CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH OFF

DETSET_ADD_TO_ACTSET_SWIT

CH

ON

DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH OFF

FDD_MULTI_BAND_NCELL_MEA

S_SWITCH

OFF

HCS_SPD_EST_SWITCH OFF

INTER_FREQ_HHO_SWITCH OFF

INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH ON

INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH ON

INTRA_FREQUENCY_HARD_HAN

DOVER_SWITCH

ON

IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_FIELD_SUPP

_SWITCH

OFF

NO_CMCAP_MEAS_CTRL_NEED_

CMCF_SWITCH

OFF

SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH OFF

SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH OFF

SOFT_HANDOVER_SWITCH ON

SRNSR_DSCR_IUR_RESRCE_SWI

TCH OFF

Page 341: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-17

Command Parameter Recommendedvalue

SRNSR_DSCR_LOC_SEPRAT_SWI

TCH

ON

SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_S

WITCH

OFF

SRNSR_DSCR_SEPRAT_DUR_SWI

TCH

ON

AMR_MODE_INDUCE_BLER_TAR

GET_ALTER_SWITCH

OFF

DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_

SWITCH

OFF

INNER_LOOP_DL_LMTED_PWR_I

NC_SWITCH

OFF

OLPC_SWITCH ON

OLPC_UL_SIR_ERR_REL_SWITC

H

OFF

SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH OFF

HSDPA_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITC

H OFF

HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH OFF

HSUPA_PO_UPDATE_SWITCH OFF

HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH OFF

PS_STREAMING_ON_E_DCH_SWI

TCH

OFF

PS_STREAMING_ON_HSDPA_SWI

TCH

OFF

H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_A

DD_SWITCH

OFF

HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH OFF

COMB_SERV_DRD_SWITCH OFF

DRD_SWITCH OFF

HSDPA_DRD_SWITCH OFF

RAB_DCCC_DRD_SWITCH OFF

RAB_MODIFY_DRD_SWITCH OFF

Page 342: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

15.7.6 Access

This type has seven commands that be included in MML parameter compare.

Command Description

SET COIFTIMER Use this command to set connection-oriented Radio

Resource Management (RRM) timers.

SET CONNMODETIMER Set the UE timers and constants in connected mode.

SET FRC Set the RNC oriented Fundamental Resource

Configuration (FRC) algorithm parameters,

including UL/DL DPCH power control parameters,

physical channel parameters, HSUPA power control

parameters etc

SET HSDPCCH Use this command to set the RNC-oriented

HS-DPCCH power control algorithm parameters.

SET IDLEMODETIMER Set UE timers and constants in idle mode.

SET UEA Use this command to set the encryption algorithms

supported by an RNC. According to the protocol,

the RNC supports only UEA0 and UEA1 at present.

SET UIA Set the UMTS Integrity Algorithm (UIA) supported

by the RNC. According to the protocol, the RNC

supports only UIA1 at present.

The parameters of the seven commands as follows:

Comand Parameter Description

SET COIFTIMER HRETRYTIMERLEN Timer length for H Retry ,Physical

unit: s

Value range: 0, 1 to 180,default

value: 5

RLCMEASCTRLTIME

RLEN

Timer length for the RLC

measurement control,Value range: 1

to 4294967295,

Physical unit: ms

default value: 20000

SET

CONNMODETIME

R

T302 Timer 302[ms]

default value: D2000

N302 Constant 302

default value: 3

Page 343: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-19

Comand Parameter Description

T304 Timer 304[ms]

default value: D2000

N304 Constant 304

default value: 3

T305 Timer 305[min]

default value: D30

T307 Timer 307[s]

default value: none

T308 Timer 308[ms]

default value: D40

N308 Constant 308

default value: 1

T309 Timer 309[s]

default value: 5

T312 Timer 312[s]

default value: 6

N312 Constant 312

default value: D1

T313 Timer 313[s]

default value: 3

N313 Constant 313

default value: D50

T314 Timer 314[s]

default value: D20

T315 Timer 315[s]

default value: D30

N315 Constant 315

default value: D1

T16 Timer 316[s]

default value: D30

SET FRC DRXCYCLELENCOEF Paging DRX cycle coefficient.

Value range: 3~9.

Recommended value: 6.

SET HSDPCCH ACKPO1 ACK poweroffset1

default value: PO_24/15

Page 344: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Comand Parameter Description

ACKPO2 ACK poweroffset2

default value: PO_12/15

ACKPO3 ACK poweroffset3

default value: PO_9/15

ACKPO1FORSHO ACK poweroffset1 multi-RLS

default value: PO_24/15

ACKPO2FORSHO ACK poweroffset2 multi-RLS

default value: PO_24/15

ACKPO3FORSHO ACK poweroffset3 multi-RLS

default value: PO_24/15

NACKPO1 NACK poweroffset1

default value: PO_24/15

NACKPO1FORSHO NACK poweroffset1 multi-RLS

default value: PO_24/15

SET

IDLEMODETIMER

T300 Timer 300[ms

default value: D2000

N300 Constant 300

default value: 3

T312 Timer312[s]

default value: 6

N312 Constant 312

default value: D1

SET UEA UEA0 not encrypted

UEA1 f8 encryption algorithm

SET UIA UIA1 UIA stands for UMTS Integrity

Algorithm. At present, only one

algorithm UIA1 is supported.

Therefore, the CN, RNC, and UE are

all required to support UIA1.

15.7.7 Handoff

This type has six commands that be included in MML parameter compare.

Page 345: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-21

Command Description

SET CMCF Set the RNC oriented Compressed Mode

Configuration Function (CMCF) algorithm

parameters.

SET DRD Set the RNC oriented Direct Retry Decision (DRD)

algorithm parameters.

SET HOCOMM Set the common parameters of RNC oriented

handover algorithm.

SET INTERRATHOCOV Set RNC-oriented coverage-based inter-RAT

handover measurement algorithm parameters.

SET INTRAFREQHO Set the RNC oriented intra-frequency handover

measurement algorithm parameters to a cell. The

main function is to configure the signaling

parameters for the events 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 1F.

SET SRNSR Set the RNC oriented SRNS Relocation (SRNSR)

algorithm parameters.

The parameters of the seven commands as follows:

Command Parameter Description

SET CMCF DELTACFN Delta CFN to start CM

mode[frame]

Recommended value: 80

DLSFTURNPOINT Dl SF threshold

Recommended value: D64

ULSFTURNPOINT Ul SF threshold

Recommended value: D64

CMCFCELLTYPE CM cell type

Recommended value:

WALKING_SPEED_AND_HOT_

SPOT_CELL

SET DRD REFCSTHRESHOLD Reference set absolute

threshold[dB]

value: -18.

SET HOCOMM SHMDCLEGDELAYTHESH Soft Handover delay

threshold[frame]

Recommended value:20

TRIGTIME6F 6F event trigger delay time[ms]

Recommended value: D240

Page 346: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Command Parameter Description

RXTXTOTRIG6F 6F event trigger threshold[chip]

Recommended value: 1172

TRIGTIME6G 6G event trigger delay time[ms]

Recommended value: D240

RXTXTOTRIG6G 6G event trigger threshold[chip]

Recommended value: 876

DIVCTRLFIELD Softer handover combination

indicationswitch

Recommended value: MAY

BEBITRATETHD BE service handover rate

threshold[bit/s]

Recommended value: D384

SET

INTERRATHO

COV

INTERRATPERIODREPOR

TINTERVAL

Inter-RAT period report

interval[ms]

default value: D1000

INTERRATPINGPONGTIM

ER

Inter-RAT Ping-Pong timer[s]

Recommended value:0.

INTERRATPINGPONGHYS

T

Inter-RAT Ping-Pong Hyst[0.5dB]

Recommended value:0.

SET

INTRAFREQH

O

INTRARELTHDFOR1ACS CS service 1A event relative

threshold[0.5dB]

Recommended value: 6

INTRARELTHDFOR1APS PS service 1A event relative

threshold[0.5dB]

Recommended value: 6

INTRARELTHDFOR1BCS CS service 1B event relative

threshold[0.5dB]

Recommended value: 12

INTRARELTHDFOR1BPS PS service 1B event relative

threshold[0.5dB]

Recommended value: 12

INTRAABLTHDFOR1FECN

O

1F event absolute EcNo

threshold[dB]

Recommended value: -24.

INTRAABLTHDFOR1FRSC

P

1F event absolute RSCP

threshold[dBm]

Recommended value: -115

Page 347: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-23

Command Parameter Description

INTRAFREQMEASQUANT

ITY

Intra-freq Measure Quantity

Recommended value:

CPICH_EC/NO.

SET SRNSR SRNSREXPIRYTIME SRNS relocation expiry time[s]

Recommended value: 60.

SRNSRDELAYOFFSET Estimated non-measurement delay

offset[ms]

Recommended value: 400.

SRNSRIURRESELECTTIM

ERLEN

SRNSR Iur reselection timer[s]

Recommended value: 100.

SRNSRTRIGTIMER Relocation trigger timer after

IurCCH[s]

Recommended value: 60.

SRNSRSEPARATEDURATI

ON

Duration of triggering static

relocation[s]

Recommended value: 30.

SRNSRABCNDOMAINTYP

E

SRNS relocation-allowed traffic

type

Recommended value: ALL.

15.7.8 Resource Control

This type has thirteen commands that be included in MML parameter compare.

Command Description

SET FRC Set the RNC oriented Fundamental Resource

Configuration (FRC) algorithm parameters,

including UL/DL DPCH power control parameters,

physical channel parameters, HSUPA power control

parameters etc.

SET ADMCTRL Set the RNC-oriented Call Admission Control(CAC)

algorithm parameters, including [UL AF of

conversational service], [DL AF of conversational

service], [UL AF of streaming service], [DL AF of

streaming service], [UL AF of interactive service],

[DL AF of interactive service], [UL AF of

background service], [DL AF of background

service], [UL AF of non_amr conversational

service], [DL AF of non_amr conversational

service].

Page 348: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Command Description

SET AMRC Set the RNC-oriented Adaptive Multi-Rate Control

(AMRC) parameters, including UL/DL event

relative thresholds, AMR speech mode BLERs, [UL

TX power periodical reporting mode], [DL mode

change waiting timer length], etc.

SET DCCC Set RNC-oriented Dynamic Channel

Reconfiguration Control (DCCC) algorithm

parameters, including dynamic channel

configuration parameters triggered by traffic

volume, and radio link stability guarantee

parameters.

SET FACHSCHEPRIO Use this command to set the FACH scheduling

priority for each traffic class.

FACH frame scheduling priority indicates the

priority of scheduling FACH data frame

transmission on the Uu interface.

SET FRMHANDPRIO Used this command to set the frame handling

priority of each traffic classes.

SET LOCHPRIO Use this command to set the logical channel priority

for each traffic classes.

SET QUEUEPREEMPT Set RNC-oriented queue preempt algorithm

parameters.

SET UESTATETRANS Use this command to set RNC-Oriented UE State

Transition Algorithm Parameters UE state transition

means that in connected mode, the state of the UE

transits from one state to another.

SET USERGBR Use this command to set the guarantee rate of BE

traffic class for different priority HSPA users.

SET USERPRIORITY Set RNC Oriented User Priority Related Parameters.

SET WFMRCFGDATA Set WFMR configuration parameters.

SET WPSALGO Set WPS Algorithm parameters for RNC

The parameters of the thirteen commands as follows:

Command Parameter Description

SET FRC ULBECOMBTFCNO

NCMPCFGTHS

UL BE traffic TFC config

threshold[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D400.

Page 349: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-25

Command Parameter Description

DLBECOMBTFCNO

NCMPCFGTHS

DL BE traffic TFC config

threshold[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D400.

ULBETRAFFINITBIT

RATE

UL BE traffic Initial bit rate[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D64.

DLBETRAFFINITBIT

RATE

DL BE traffic Initial bit rate[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D64.

DLSTRTHSONHSDP

A

DL streaming threshold on

HSDPA[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D64.

DLBETRAFFTHSON

HSDPA

DL BE traffic threshold on

HSDPA[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D8.

ULBETRAFFDECTH

S

UL BE traffic DCH decision

threshold[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D8.

DLBETRAFFDECTH

S

DL BE traffic DCH decision

threshold[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D8.

SET ADMCTRL ULACTFACTORFOR

NONAMRCONV

UL AF of NON_AMR conversational

service

Recommended value: 100.

DLACTFACTORFOR

NONAMRCONV

DL AF of NON_AMR conversational

service

Recommended value: 100.

ULACTFACTORFOR

AMRCONV

UL AF of AMR conversational service

Recommended value: 50.

DLACTFACTORFOR

AMRCONV

DL AF of AMR conversational service

Recommended value: 50.

SET AMRC ALLOWPOWERMEA

STRIGAMRC

Power measure trigger AMRC switch

Recommended value: TRUE.

ALLOWIUBCONGST

TRIGAMRC

Iub congestion trigger AMRC switch

Recommended value: TRUE.

ULTHD6A1 UL 6A1 event relative threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 2.

ULTHD6B1 UL 6B1 event relative threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 2.

Page 350: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Command Parameter Description

ULTHD6A2 UL 6A2 event relative threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 10.

ULTHD6B2 UL 6B2 event relative threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 10.

DLTHDE1 DL E1 event relative threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 50.

DLTHDE2 DL E2 event relative threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 50.

DLTHDF1 DL F1 event relative threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 120.

DLTHDF2 DL F2 event relative threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 120.

INITAMRMODE Default Initial AMR Narrowband mode

Recommended value: 8.

DLMEASRPRTPERIO

D

DL measurement reporting period[ms]

Recommended value: 480.

ULAMRCTIMERLEN UL AMRC timer length[ms]

Recommended value: 3000.

SET DCCC EVENTEATHD Event Ea relative threshold[0.5dB]

Recommended value: 2.

EVENTEBTHD Event Eb relative threshold[0.5dB]

Recommended value: 2.

RECONFIGDELAYTI

ME

1A rate down penalty time[s]

Recommended value: 30.

ULRATEADJLEVEL Uplink Rate adjust level

Recommended value: 2_Rates.

ULMIDRATECALC Uplink mid bitrate calculate method

Recommended value: AUTO_CALC.

DLRATEADJLEVEL Downlink Rate adjust level

Recommended value: 2_Rates.

DLMIDRATECALC Downlink mid bitrate calculate method

Recommended value: AUTO_CALC.

ULPSBEGUARRATE Uplink BE guarantee bitrate on

DCH[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D64.

Page 351: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-27

Command Parameter Description

DLPSBEGUARRATE Downlink BE guarantee bitrate on

DCH[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D64.

DLHYSTTIMEFORF Event F hysteresis time[10ms]

Recommended value: 64.

CHOICERPTUNITFO

RF

Reporting period unit for event F

Recommended value: TEN_MSEC.

TENMSECFORE Event F reporting period in 10ms

Recommended value: 480.

MINFORE Event F reporting period in min

Recommended value: None.

PWRMARGIN Event F reporting power margin[0.1dB]

Recommended value: 10.

ULMIDRATETHD Uplink mid bitrate threshold[kbit/s]

Recommended value: None.

DLMIDRATETHD Downlink mid bitrate calculate method

Recommended value: AUTO_CALC.

LITTLERATETHD Low activity bitrate threshold[kbit/s]

Recommended value: D64.

SET

FACHSCHEPRI

O

SIGSCHEPRIO Signalling FACH SchePrio

default value: 15

PSINTTHP1SCHEPRI

O

PS interactive THP1 FACH SchePrio

default value: 12

PSINTTHP2SCHEPRI

O

PS interactive THP2 FACH SchePrio

default value: 11

PSINTTHP3SCHEPRI

O

PS interactive THP3 FACH SchePrio

default value: 10

PSINTTHP4SCHEPRI

O

PS interactive THP4 FACH SchePrio

default value: 9

PSINTTHP5SCHEPRI

O

PS interactive THP5 FACH SchePrio

default value: 8

PSINTTHP6SCHEPRI

O

PS interactive THP6 FACH SchePrio

default value: 7

PSINTTHP7SCHEPRI

O

PS interactive THP7 FACH SchePrio

default value: 6

Page 352: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Command Parameter Description

PSINTTHP8SCHEPRI

O

PS interactive THP8 FACH SchePrio

default value: 5

PSINTTHP9SCHEPRI

O

PS interactive THP9 FACH SchePrio

default value: 4

PSINTTHP10SCHEPR

IO

PS interactive THP10 FACH SchePrio

default value: 3

PSINTTHP11SCHEPR

IO

PS interactive THP11 FACH SchePrio

default value: 2

PSINTTHP12SCHEPR

IO

PS interactive THP12 FACH SchePrio

default value: 1

PSINTTHP13SCHEPR

IO

PS interactive THP13 FACH SchePrio

default value: 1

PSINTTHP14SCHEPR

IO

PS interactive THP14 FACH SchePrio

default value: 1

PSINTTHP15SCHEPR

IO

PS interactive THP15 FACH SchePrio

default value: 1

PSBKGSCHEPRIO PS background FACH SchePrio

default value: 0

SET

FRMHANDPRI

O

SIGFRMHANDPRIO Signalling FrmHandPrio

default value: 15

CSCONVFRMHAND

PRIO

CS conversational FrmHandPrio

default value: 14

CSSTRFRMHANDPR

IO

CS streaming FrmHandPrio

default value: 14

PSCONVFRMHAND

PRIO

PS conversational FrmHandPrio

default value: 13

PSSTRFRMHANDPR

IO

PS streaming FrmHandPrio

default value: 13

PSINTTHP1FRMHAN

DPRIO

PS Interactive THP1 FrmHandPrio

default value: 12

PSINTTHP2FRMHAN

DPRIO

PS interactive THP2 FrmHandPrio

default value: 11

PSINTTHP3FRMHAN

DPRIO

PS interactive THP3 FrmHandPrio

default value: 10

Page 353: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-29

Command Parameter Description

PSINTTHP4FRMHAN

DPRIO

PS interactive THP4 FrmHandPrio

default value: 9

PSINTTHP5FRMHAN

DPRIO

PS interactive THP5 FrmHandPrio

default value: 8

PSINTTHP6FRMHAN

DPRIO

PS interactive THP6 FrmHandPrio

default value: 7

PSINTTHP7FRMHAN

DPRIO

PS interactive THP7 FrmHandPrio

default value: 6

PSINTTHP8FRMHAN

DPRIO

PS interactive THP8 FrmHandPrio

default value: 5

PSINTTHP9FRMHAN

DPRIO

PS interactive THP9 FrmHandPrio

default value: 4

SET

HSDSCHSCHE

PRIO

PSINTTHP10FRMHA

NDPRIO

PS interactive THP10 FrmHandPrio

default value: 3

PSINTTHP11FRMHA

NDPRIO

PS interactive THP11 FrmHandPrio

default value: 2

PSINTTHP12FRMHA

NDPRIO

PS interactive THP12 FrmHandPrio

default value: 1

PSINTTHP13FRMHA

NDPRIO

PS interactive THP13 FrmHandPrio

default value: 1

PSINTTHP14FRMHA

NDPRIO

PS interactive THP14 FrmHandPrio

default value: 1

PSINTTHP15FRMHA

NDPRIO

PS interactive THP15 FrmHandPrio

default value: 1

PSBKGFRMHANDPR

IO

PS background FrmHandPrio

default value: 0

SRB1LOCHPRIO SRB1 LochPrio, default value: 1

SRB2LOCHPRIO SRB2 LochPrio, default value: 2

SRB3LOCHPRIO SRB3 LochPrio, default value: 3

SRB4LOCHPRIO SRB4 LochPrio, default value: 4

CSCONVLOCHPRIO CS conversational lochPrio

default value: 1

CSSTRLOCHPRIO CS streaming LochPrio

default value: 1

Page 354: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Command Parameter Description

PSCONVLOCHPRIO PS conversational LochPrio

default value: 2

PSSTRLOCHPRIO PS streaming LochPrio

default value: 2

PSINTTHP1LOCHPRI

O

PS interactive THP1 LochPrio

default value: 3

PSINTTHP2LOCHPRI

O

PS interactive THP2 LochPrio

default value: 3

PSINTTHP3LOCHPRI

O

PS interactive THP3 LochPrio

default value: 3

PSINTTHP4LOCHPRI

O

PS interactive THP4 LochPrio

default value: 4

PSINTTHP5LOCHPRI

O

PS interactive THP5 LochPrio

default value: 4

PSINTTHP6LOCHPRI

O

PS interactive THP6 LochPrio

default value: 4

PSINTTHP7LOCHPRI

O

PS interactive THP7 LochPrio

default value: 5

PSINTTHP8LOCHPRI

O

PS interactive THP8 LochPrio

default value: 5

PSINTTHP9LOCHPRI

O

PS interactive THP9 LochPrio

default value: 5

PSINTTHP10LOCHP

RIO

PS interactive THP10 LochPrio

default value: 6

PSINTTHP11LOCHP

RIO

PS interactive THP11 LochPrio

default value: 6

PSINTTHP12LOCHP

RIO

PS interactive THP12 LochPrio

default value: 6

PSINTTHP13LOCHP

RIO

PS interactive THP13 LochPrio

default value: 7

PSINTTHP14LOCHP

RIO

PS interactive THP14 LochPrio

default value: 7

PSINTTHP15LOCHP

RIO

PS interactive THP15 LochPrio

default value: 7

Page 355: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-31

Command Parameter Description

PSBKGLOCHPRIO PS background LochPrio

default value: 8

SET

QUEUEPREEM

PT

PREEMPTALGOSWI

TCH

Preempt algorithm switch

Recommended value: ON.

QUEUEALGOSWITC

H

Queue algorithm switch

Recommended value: OFF.

QUEUELEN Queue length

Recommended value: 10.

POLLTIMERLEN Poll timer length[10 ms]

Recommended value: 500 ms.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N1

Max queuing time length 1[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N2

Max queuing time length 2[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N3

Max queuing time length 3[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N4

Max queuing time length 4[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N5

Max queuing time length 5[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N6

Max queuing time length 6[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N7

Max queuing time length 7[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N8

Max queuing time length 8[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N9

Max queuing time length 9[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N10

Max queuing time length 10[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N11

Max queuing time length 11[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

MAXQUEUETIMELE

N12

Max queuing time length 12[s]

Recommended value: 5 s.

Page 356: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-32 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Command Parameter Description

SET

UESTATETRA

NS

D2F2PTVMTHD BE DCH to FACH or FACH to PCH 4b

threshold[byte]

default value: D64

CELLRESELECTTIM

ER

Cell reselection timer[s]

default value: 180

STATETRANSTRAFF

REDUNDCOEF

State trans traffic redund coef[%]

default value: 80

CELLRESELECTCO

UNTER

Cell reselection counter

default value: 9

BEH2FSTATETRANS

TIMER

BE HS-DSCH to FACH transition

timer[s]

default value: 180

BEH2FTVMTHD BE HS-DSCH to FACH 4b

threshold[byte]

default value: D64

BEH2FTVMTIMETO

TRIG

BE HS-DSCH to FACH 4b time to

trigger[ms]

default value: D5000

BEH2FTVMPTAT BE HS-DSCH to FACH 4b Pending

Time after trigger[ms]

default value: D16000

BEFTOHTVMTHD BE FACH to HS-DSCH 4a

threshold[byte]

default value: D1024

BEFTOHTVMTIMET

OTRIG

BE FACH to HS-DSCH 4a time to

trigger[ms]

default value: D240

SET USERGBR GOLDULGBR Uplink GBR of Gold User[kbit/s]

default value: D64

GOLDDLGBR Downlink GBR of Gold User[kbit/s]

default value: D64

SILVERULGBR Uplink GBR of Silver User[kbit/s]

default value: D64

SILVERDLGBR Downlink GBR of Silver User[kbit/s]

default value: D64

COPPERULGBR Uplink GBR of Copper User[kbit/s]

default value: D64

Page 357: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-33

Command Parameter Description

COPPERDLGBR Downlink GBR of Copper User[kbit/s]

default value: D64

SET

USERPRIORIT

Y

ARP1PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 1

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP2PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 2

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP3PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 3

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP4PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 4

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP5PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 5

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP6PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 6

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP7PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 7

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP8PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 8

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP9PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 9

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP10PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 10

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP11PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 11

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP12PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 12

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

Page 358: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-34 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Command Parameter Description

ARP13PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 13

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

ARP14PRIORITY User_priority of Allocation/Retention

priority 14

Value range: Gold, Silver, Copper.

PRIORITYREFEREN

CE

Interate Priority Configured Reference

Recommended value: ARP.

CARRIERTYPEPRIO

RIND

Indicator of Carrier Type Priority

Value range: NONE, DCH, HSPA.

SET

WFMRCFGDA

TA

MACCPAGEREPEAT Number of page re-TX

default value: 1

SET WPSALGO NBMWPSALGORITH

MSWITCH

Set WPS Algorithm Switch

Value range: ALGORITHM_ON,

ALGORITHM_OFF

NBMWPSALGORITH

MPRIORITY

Set WPS user priority

Recommended value:

PRIORITY2&PRIORITY3&PRIORITY

4&PRIORITY5&PRIORITY6.

15.7.9 Load Control

This type has two commands that be included in MML parameter compare.

Command Description

SET LDCPERIOD Set RNC-oriented load control (LDC) algorithm

cycle length.

SET LDM Set the Load Monitor (LDM) algorithm

parameters.

The parameters of the two commands as follows:

Page 359: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-35

Command Parameter Description

SET LDCPERIOD INTRAFREQLDBPERIO

DTIMERLEN

Intra-frequency LDB period

timer length[s]

Recommended value: 1800.

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN PUC period timer length[s]

Recommended value: 1800.

LDRPERIODTIMERLEN LDR period timer length[s]

Recommended value: 10.

OLCPERIODTIMERLEN OLC period timer length[ms]

Recommended value: 3000.

SET LDM ULBASICCOMMMEASF

ILTERCOEFF

UL basic common measure filter

coeff

Recommended value: D6.

CHOICERPRTUNITFOR

ULBASICMEAS

Time unit for UL basic meas rprt

cycle

Recommended value:

TEN_MSEC.

TENMSECFORULBASIC

MEAS

UL basic meas rprt cycle[10ms]

Recommended value: 100.

MINFORULBASICMEAS UL basic meas rprt cycle[m]

Value range: 1~60.

DLBASICCOMMMEASF

ILTERCOEFF

DL basic common measure filter

coeff

Recommended value: D6.

CHOICERPRTUNITFOR

DLBASICMEAS

Time unit for DL basic meas rprt

cycle

Recommended value:

TEN_MSEC.

TENMSECFORDLBASIC

MEAS

DL basic meas rprt cycle[10ms]

Recommended value: 20.

MINFORDLBASICMEAS DL basic meas rprt cycle[m]

Value range: 1~60.

LDBAVGFILTERLEN LDB moving average filter

length

Recommended value: 32.

Page 360: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-36 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

Command Parameter Description

PUCAVGFILTERLEN PUC moving average filter

length

Recommended value: 32.

ULLDRAVGFILTERLEN UL LDR moving average filter

length

Recommended value: 25.

DLLDRAVGFILTERLEN DL LDR moving average filter

length

Recommended value: 25.

ULOLCAVGFILTERLEN UL OLC moving average filter

length

Recommended value: 25.

DLOLCAVGFILTERLEN DL OLC moving average filter

length

Recommended value: 25.

ULCACAVGFILTERLEN UL CAC moving average filter

length

Recommended value: 3.

DLCACAVGFILTERLEN DL CAC moving average filter

length

Recommended value: 3.

CHOICERPRTUNITFOR

HSDPAPWRMEAS

Time unit of HSDPA need pwr

meas cycle

Recommended value:

TEN_MSEC.

TENMSECFORHSDPAP

WRMEAS

HSDPA need pwr meas

cycle[10ms]

Recommended value: 100.

MINFORHSDPAPWRME

AS

HSDPA need pwr meas cycle[m]

Value range: 1~60.

HSDPANEEDPWRFILTE

RLEN

HSDPA need power filter len

Recommended value: 1.

CHOICERPRTUNITFOR

HSDPARATEMEAS

Time unit of HSDPA bit rate

meas cycle

Recommended value:

TEN_MSEC.

TENMSECFORHSDPAP

RVIDRATEMEAS

HSDPA bit rate meas

cycle[10ms]

Recommended value: 100.

Page 361: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-37

Command Parameter Description

MINFORHSDPAPRVIDR

ATEMEAS

HSDPA bit rate meas cycle[m]

Value range: 1~60.

HSDPAPRVIDBITRATE

FILTERLEN

HSDPA bit rate filter len

Recommended value: 1.

MAXMEASCONTINVAL

IDTIMES

Max measure continuous invalid

times

Recommended value: 3.

ULOLCMEASFILTERCO

EFF

UL overload measure filter coeff

Recommended value: D1.

CHOICERPRTUNITFOR

ULOLCMEAS

Time unit for UL OLC meas rprt

cycle

Recommended value:

TEN_MSEC.

TENMSECFORULOLCM

EAS

UL OLC meas rprt cycle[10ms]

Recommended value: 20.

MINFORULOLCMEAS UL OLC meas rprt cycle[m]

Value range: 1~60.

ULOLCTRIGHYST UL OLC trigger hysteresis[ms]

Recommended value: 100.

DLOLCMEASFILTERCO

EFF

DL overload measure filter coeff

Recommended value: D1.

CHOICERPRTUNITFOR

DLOLCMEAS

Time unit for DL OLC meas rprt

cycle

Recommended value:

TEN_MSEC.

TENMSECFORDLOLCM

EAS

DL OLC meas rprt cycle[10ms]

Recommended value: 20.

MINFORDLOLCMEAS DL OLC meas rprt cycle[m]

Value range: 1~60.

DLOLCTRIGHYST DL OLC trigger hysteresis[ms]

Recommended value: 100.

PERIODPROTECTTIME

RCOEFF

Period common measure protect

timer coeff

Recommended value: 150.

Page 362: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

15 FAQ

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual

15-38 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2008-11-12)

15.7.10 Power Control

This type has four commands that be included in MML parameter compare.

Command Description

SET DPB Set RNC Downlink Power Balance (DPB) algorithm

parameters.

SET FRC Set the RNC oriented Fundamental Resource

Configuration (FRC) algorithm parameters,

including UL/DL DPCH power control parameters,

physical channel parameters, HSUPA power control

parameters etc.

SET HOCOMM Set the common parameters of RNC oriented

handover algorithm.

SET OLPC Set RNC oriented Out loop Power Control (OLPC)

algorithm parameters.

The parameters of the four commands as follows:

Command Parameter Description

SET DPB RPTPERIOD DPB measurement report period[ms]

Recommended value: 70.

DPBMEASFILTERC

OEF

DPB measurement filter coefficient

Recommended value: D0.

DPBSTARTTHD DPB triggering threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 8.

DPBSTOPTHD DPB stop threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 4.

MAXADJUSTSTEP Max DPB adjustment step[slot]

Recommended value: 4.

ADJUSTPERIOD DPB adjustment period[frame]

Recommended value: 2.

ADJUSTRATIO DPB adjustment ratio

Recommended value: 0.

RATIOFORMAXPO

WER

Ratio for max power

Recommended value: 50.

Page 363: Genex Nastar Wcdma User Manual-English

GENEX Nastar WCDMA

User Manual 15 FAQ

Issue 01 (2008-11-12) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 15-39

SET FRC PWRCTRLALG Power control algorithm selection

Recommended value:

ALGORITHM1.

ULTPCSTEPSIZE UL closed loop power control step

size[dB]

Recommended value: 1.

DPCMODE DL power control mode

Recommended value: SINGLE_TPC.

FDDTPCDLSTEPSIZ

E

FDD DL power control step size[dB]

Recommended value:

STEPSIZE_1DB.

TFCIPO TFCI power offset[0.25dB]

Recommended value: 0.

TPCPO TPC power offset[0.25dB]

Recommended value: 12.

PILOTPO Pilot power offset[0.25dB]

Recommended value: 12.

SET HOCOMM DRNCSHOINITPWR

PO

Initial power offset for SHO in

DRNC[dB]

Recommended value:15

SET OLPC SIRMEASFILTERCO

EF

SIR measurement filter coefficient

Recommended value: D0.

SIRCONVERGETHD SIR convergence threshold[dB]

Recommended value: 6.

SIRERRREPORTHYS

T

SIR error report hysteresis time[ms]

Recommended value: 8.

SIRADJUSTFACTOR SIR adjustment coefficient

Recommended value: 10.